Avyakt murli for Thursday 2 February 2012

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.

002-02-12 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादा मधुबन02-02-12 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpdādā madhuban02-02-12 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.]02-02-12 Om peace avyakt BapDada Madhuban

002-02-12 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1 «  अब स्मृति स्वरूप अनुभव की अथॉरिटी बनो , ज्वालामुखी योग द्वारा सबको लाइट माइट की किरणों का सहयोग दो  » «  ab smr̥iti svarūp anubhav kī|key authority banō , jvālāmukhī yōg dvārā sabkō light might kī|key kiraṇō̃ kā sahyōg dō  » «  ab[adv.] smr̥iti svarūp[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sabkō light might karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  » «  now x experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , volcano yoga through everything light might (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ray of cooperation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])  »

1Now, become an authority of the experience of being an embodiment of remembrance. 2With volcanic yoga, give everyone the co-operation of the rays of light and might.

2आज बापदादा अपने सामने या चारों तरफ के अपने छोटे से संसार को देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं क्योंकि यह संसार है छोटा लेकिन अति प्यारा है क्योंकि यह संसार की एक-एक आत्मा श्रेष्ठ आत्मा हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē sāmnē yā chārō̃ taraph kē|K apnē chhōṭē sē saṅsār kō dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ kyōṅki yah saṅsār hai chhōṭā lēkin ati pyārā hai kyōṅki yah saṅsār kī|key ēk-ēk ātmā śhrēṣhṭh ātmā haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē yā chārō̃ taraph[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] saṅsār[x] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own x or everywhere (of|K) one’s own small from world to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because this world be[pres.sg.23] small but x loving be[pres.sg.23] because this world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one soul elevated soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

3Today, BapDada is seeing His small world of souls in front of Him and of everywhere else and is pleased. 4Although this world is small, it is very lovely because each and every soul of this world is an elevated soul.

3कोटों में कोई आत्मायें हैं . kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x in some soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

5It is these souls who are a handful out of multimillions.

4बाप के वर्से के अधिकारी आत्मायें हैं . bāp kē|K varsē kē|K adhikārī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father (of|K) inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

6It is these souls who have a right to the Father's inheritance.

5बापदादा हर बच्चे को देख खुश होते हैं कि यह एक-एक बच्चा राजा बच्चा है . bāpdādā har|her bachchē kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ ki yah ēk-ēk bachchā rājā bachchā hai . bāpdādā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada (x|x[root]) child to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this one child king child be[pres.sg.23] .

7BapDada is pleased to see every child: each and every child is a king child.

6बापदादा ने हर एक बच्चे को स्वराज्य अधिकारी और विश्व राज्य अधिकारी बनाया है . bāpdādā nē har ēk bachchē kō svarājya adhikārī aur viśhva rājya adhikārī banāyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] svarājya adhikārī[x] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ each one child to self-sovereign and world master create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

8BapDada has made each child one who has a right to self-sovereignty and a right to the sovereignty of the world.

7इस समय सभी स्वराज्य अधिकारी हैं अर्थात् मन-बुद्धि , संस्कार , कर्मेन्द्रियों के राजा हैं . is samay sabhī svarājya adhikārī haĩ arthāt man-buddhi , saṅskār , karmēndriyō̃ kē|K rājā haĩ . is samay[x] sab[adv.hī] svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] arthāt man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] , karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . at this time all self-sovereign be[pres.pl.12hon3] that is x , sanskar , physical organ (of|K) king be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

9At this time, all are those who have self-sovereignty, that is, they are the kings of the mind, intellect, sanskars and the physical senses.

8कर्मेन्द्रियों के वश नहीं हैं . karmēndriyō̃ kē|K vaśh nahī̃ haĩ . karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśh[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . physical organ (of|K) control not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

10You are not influenced by the senses.

9मन के भी मालिक हैं . man kē|K bhī mālik haĩ . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . mind (of|K) too master be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

11You are also masters of your minds.

10तो ऐसे ही आप हर एक बच्चा अपने को मन के मालिक , संस्कारों के भी मालिक समझते हो  ? tō aisē hī āp har ēk bachchā apnē kō man kē|K mālik , saṅskārō̃ kē|K bhī mālik samajhtē hō  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then such only you each one child one’s own to mind (of|K) master , sanskar (of|K) too master understand[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

12In the same way, does each one of you children consider yourself to be a master of the mind and also a master of your sanskars?

11ऐसे तो नहीं कभी आप मन के मालिक होते वा कभी मन आपका मालिक होता  ! aisē tō nahī̃ kabhī āp man kē|K mālik hōtē vā kabhī man āpkā mālik hōtā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] kabhī[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vā kabhī[adv.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ! such then not ever you mind (of|K) master be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] or ever mind you[.kā] master be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  !

13It is not that sometimes you are the master of your mind and sometimes your mind is your master, is it?

12क्योंकि कहते ही हो मेरा मन , मैं मन नहीं कहते हो . kyōṅki kahtē hī hō mērā man , maĩ man nahī̃ kahtē hō . kyōṅki kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . because say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) I[.kā] mind , I mind not say[pres.pl.m.2] .

14You say, "My mind"; you do not say, "I, the mind".

13तो मेरे के आप मालिक हो . tō mērē kē|K āp mālik hō . tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āp[pn.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then I[.kē] (of|K) you master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

15So, you are the master of that which belongs to you.

14चेक करो कभी मन तो मालिक नहीं बन जाता  ? check karō kabhī man tō mālik nahī̃ ban jātā  ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kabhī[adv.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ever mind then master not (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

16Check that the mind does not become the master sometimes.

15क्योंकि इस समय बापदादा ने हर एक को स्वराज्य अधिकारी के सीट पर बिठाया है . kyōṅki is samay bāpdādā nē har ēk kō svarājya adhikārī kē|K seat par biṭhāyā hai . kyōṅki is samay[x] bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] svarājya adhikārī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] biṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because at this time BapDada ∅ each one to self-sovereign (of|K) seat (at|other) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

17At this time, BapDada has seated each one on the seat of those who have a right to self-sovereignty.

16अब के स्वराज्यधारी हो और भविष्य का राज्य तो आपका है ही . ab kē|K svarājyadhārī hō aur bhaviṣhya kā rājya tō āpkā hai hī . ab[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarājyadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . now (of|K) ruler of yourself (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and future of kingdom then you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] only .

18You are self-sovereigns at the present time and the future kingdom is yours anyway.

17डबल राज्य अधिकारी हो . double rājya adhikārī hō . double rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

19You have a right to double sovereignty.

18बापदादा देखते हैं हर बच्चा स्वराज्य अधिकारी के साथ स्वमानधारी भी है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ har|her bachchā svarājya adhikārī kē sāth svamāndhārī bhī hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] kē sāth[x] svamāndhārī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (x|x[root]) child self-sovereign with those with self-respect too be[pres.sg.23] .

20BapDada is seeing that, together with having a right to self-sovereignty, every child also has self-respect.

19तो मैं स्वमानधारी आत्मा हूँ , इस स्मृति में बैठो तो देखो कितने स्वमानों की लिस्ट आपके सामने आती है . tō maĩ svamāndhārī ātmā hū̃ , is smr̥iti mē̃ baiṭhō tō dēkhō kitnē svamānō̃ kī|key list āpkē sāmnē ātī hai . tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] svamāndhārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . then I those with self-respect soul be[pres.sg.1] , this awareness in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list you[.kē] x come[pres.sg.f.23] .

21So, sit with the awareness, "I am a soul with self-respect", and you will see how such a long list of titles of self-respect comes in front of you.

20अनेक स्वमान की माला सामने आ जाती है ना  ! anēk svamān kī|key mālā sāmnē ā jātī hai nā  ! anēk[adj.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā  ! many self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland x come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅  !

22A garland of many types of self-respect comes in front of you, does it not?

21बापदादा ने बच्चों के स्वमानों की माला हर बच्चे को डाली है . bāpdādā nē bachchō̃ kē|K svamānō̃ kī|key mālā har|her bachchē kō ḍālī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svamān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ child (of|K) self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland (x|x[root]) child to create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

23BapDada has garlanded every child with a garland of self-respect.

22स्वमान सुनते ही आपके सामने भी अपने स्वमान स्मृति में आ गये  ! svamān suntē hī āpkē sāmnē bhī apnē svamān smr̥iti mē̃ ā gayē  ! svamān[x] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ! self-respect listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only you[.kē] x too one’s own self-respect awareness in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  !

24As soon as you hear of the word "˜self-respect', the different titles of self-respect come into your awareness, do they not?

23याद करो , अनादि स्वरूप में आपका स्वमान कितना बड़ा है  ! yād karō , anādi svarūp mē̃ āpkā svamān kitnā baṛā hai  ! yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] svamān[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! remember , eternal form in you[.kā] self-respect so very be[pres.sg.23]  !

25Just remember how great your self-respect is in the eternal form.

24चले गये अनादि स्वरूप में  ? chalē gayē anādi svarūp mē̃  ? chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.]  ? (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) eternal form in  ?

26Have you gone into your eternal form?

25हर एक का स्वमान है एक तो बाप के साथ-साथ है चमकती हुई आत्मा , बाप के साथ के कारण विशेष चमकती हुई दिखाई दे रही है . har ēk kā svamān hai ēk tō bāp kē|K sāth-sāth hai chamaktī huī ātmā , bāp kē sāth kē|K kāraṇ viśhēṣh chamaktī huī dikhāī dē rahī hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth hōnā[pres.sg.23] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . each one of self-respect be[pres.sg.23] one then father (of|K) x be[pres.sg.23] x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul , father with (of|K) because special x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] be visible .

27Each one's self-respect is: I am a sparkling soul with the Father. 28Because of having the Father's company, you are especial sparkling souls.

26देख रहे हो  ? dēkh rahē hō  ? dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ? see[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ?

29Can you see that?

27जैसे आकाश में भी यहाँ कोई-कोई सितारा विशेष चमकता है , ऐसे बाप के साथ-साथ होने कारण चमकती हुई आत्मा हो . jaisē ākāśh mē̃ bhī yahā̃ kōī-kōī sitārā viśhēṣh chamaktā hai , aisē bāp kē|K sāth-sāth hōnē kāraṇ chamaktī huī ātmā hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ākāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yahā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . like ether in too here some star special x[pres.sg.m.23] , such father (of|K) x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] because x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

30In the sky, too, some stars have a special sparkle. 31In the same way, because of being with the Father, you are sparkling souls.

28याद आया अपना अनादि स्वरूप  ? yād āyā apnā anādi svarūp  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? remembrance come[past-part.m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own) eternal form  ?

32Do you remember your eternal form?

29सेकण्ड में अपने अनादि स्वरूप में स्थित हो सकते हो  ? second mē̃ apnē anādi svarūp mē̃ sthit hō saktē hō  ? second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? second in one’s own eternal form in stabilised be[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

33Can you stabilise yourself in your eternal form in a second?

30अभी एक सेकण्ड में उस अनादि स्वरूप में एक सेकण्ड के लिए स्थित हो जाओ . abhī ēk second mē̃ us anādi svarūp mē̃ ēk second kē liē sthit hō jāō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] second kē liē[x] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now one second in that eternal form in one second for stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

34Now, stabilise yourself in that eternal form in a second, for one second.

31कितना नशा चढ़ता है  ! kitnā naśhā chaṛhtā hai  ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chaṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! so intoxication climb[pres.sg.m.23]  !

35You become so intoxicated!

32आगे बढ़ो , इस सृष्टि चक्र के आदि में आ गये  ! āgē baṛhō , is sr̥iṣhṭi chakra kē|K ādi mē̃ ā gayē  ! āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.o.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ! previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this world (cycle|x) (of|K) etc. in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  !

36Now move forward; you have now come to the beginning of the world cycle.

33यह ड्रिल करो सतयुग आदि में अपना स्वरूप देखो , कितना श्रेष्ठ सुख स्वरूप है . yah drill karō satyug ādi mē̃ apnā svarūp dēkhō , kitnā śhrēṣhṭh sukh svarūp hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] drill karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this drill do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] golden age etc. in (adopt[root]|one’s own) form see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , so elevated happiness form be[pres.sg.23] .

37Perform this drill: See your form at the beginning of the golden age. 38It is such an elevated form: An embodiment of happiness.

34कितना सर्व प्राप्ति स्वरूप है . kitnā sarv prāpti svarūp hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so all attainment form be[pres.sg.23] .

39It is a form of being an embodiment of all attainments.

35दुःख का नामनिशान नहीं है . duḥkh kā nāmniśhān nahī̃ hai . duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (sorrow|hurt[root]) of x not be[pres.sg.23] .

40There is no name or trace of sorrow.

36प्रकृति कितनी सुन्दर सतोगुणी है . prakr̥iti kitnī sundar satōguṇī hai . prakr̥iti[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sundar[adj.] satōguṇī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . matter so x satoguni be[pres.sg.23] .

41Even the elements are beautiful and satoguni.

37अनुभव करो अपने देवता स्वरूप का . anubhav karō apnē dēvtā svarūp kā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own deity form of .

42Just experience your deity form!

38देख रहे हो अपना स्वरूप  ? dēkh rahē hō apnā svarūp  ? dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] (adopt[root]|one’s own) form  ?

43Can you see your own form?

39कोई भी राजा हो , महात्मा हो , नेता हो ऐसा सर्व प्राप्ति स्वरूप कोई देखा  ! kōī bhī rājā hō , mahātmā hō , nētā hō aisā sarv prāpti svarūp kōī dēkhā  ! kōī bhī[x] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , nētā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! anyone king (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , great soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , founder (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) such all attainment form some see[past-part.m.sg.d.]  !

44Whether someone is a king, a great soul or a politician, have you seen anyone who is an embodiment of all attainments?

40तो एक सेकण्ड के लिए अपने देवता स्वरूप में स्थित हो जाओ . tō ēk second kē liē apnē dēvtā svarūp mē̃ sthit hō jāō . tō ēk[adj.] second kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . then one second for one’s own deity form in stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

45So, stabilise yourself in your deity form for a second.

41अपने स्वमान में मजा आता है ना  ! apnē svamān mē̃ majā ātā hai nā  ! apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! one’s own self-respect in pleasure come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

46You enjoy being in your self-respect, do you not?

42हम सो देवता … बापदादा यह ड्रिल करा रहा है . ham sō dēvtā … bāpdādā yah drill karā rahā hai . ham[pn.pl.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] … bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] drill karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . we (sleep[root]|x) deity … BapDada this drill make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

47I am a deity": BapDada is conducting this drill.

43फिर नीचे आओ कौन सा युग आ गया  ? phir nīchē āō kaun sā yug ā gayā  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nīchē ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun sā[x] yug[x] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? (turn[root]|then) x which age come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ?

48Then, come down - which age is it?

44द्वापर में भी आपका स्वमान पूज्य का है . dvāpar mē̃ bhī āpkā svamān pūjya kā hai . dvāpar mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kā] svamān[x] pūjya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . copper age in too you[.kā] self-respect worthy of worship of be[pres.sg.23] .

49In the copper age, too, your self-respect is of being worthy of worship.

45पूज्य स्वरूप है . pūjya svarūp hai . pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . worthy of worship form be[pres.sg.23] .

50Your form is worthy of worship.

46अपने पूज्य स्वरूप को देख रहे हो  ? apnē pūjya svarūp kō dēkh rahē hō  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ? one’s own worthy of worship form to see[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ?

51Can you see your worthy of worship form?

47कितने सभी भावना से कायदे प्रमाण पूजा करते हैं . kitnē sabhī bhāvnā sē kāydē pramāṇ pūjā kartē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . so all feeling from law (under) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

52Everyone worships you with so much devotion and discipline.

48ऐसे कायदे प्रमाण पूजा और किसी की भी नहीं होती . aisē kāydē pramāṇ pūjā aur kisī kī|key bhī nahī̃ hōtī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] aur kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . such law (under) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) and (anything|some) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too not be[pres-part.f.] .

53No one else is worshipped with such discipline.

49चाहे धर्म पितायें आये , चाहे गुरू बनें , नेतायें बनें , अभिनेतायें बनें लेकिन ऐसी कायदे प्रमाण पूजा किसकी नहीं होती . chāhē dharm pitāyē̃ āyē , chāhē gurū banē̃ , nētāyē̃ banē̃ , abhinētāyē̃ banē̃ lēkin aisī kāydē pramāṇ pūjā kiskī nahī̃ hōtī . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , nētā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , abhinētā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) religion father (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) guru become[opt.pl.12hon3] , founder become[opt.pl.12hon3] , actor become[opt.pl.12hon3] but such law (under) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) who[.kī] not be[pres-part.f.] .

54Whether someone is the founder of a religion, a guru, a politician or an actor, no one else is worshipped with such discipline.

50तो अपना स्वमान देखा , अनुभव किया  ? tō apnā svamān dēkhā , anubhav kiyā  ? tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then (adopt[root]|one’s own) self-respect see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

55So, did you see your self-respect? 56Did you experience it?

51अब आओ संगम में , सब चक्र लगा रहे हो  ? ab āō saṅgam mē̃ , sab chakra lagā rahē hō  ? ab[adv.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sab[adj.] chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ? now come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] confluence in , all be around the cycle  ?

57Now, come to the confluence age. 58Are all of you going around the cycle?

52पीछे वाले चक्र लगा रहे हो  ! pīchhē vālē chakra lagā rahē hō  ! pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ! x those who be around the cycle  !

59Are those who are sitting at the back going around the cycle?

53हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

60Raise your hands!

54देखो अपना स्वमान क्योंकि स्वराज्य अधिकारी हो ना  ! dēkhō apnā svamān kyōṅki svarājya adhikārī hō nā  ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] kyōṅki svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (adopt[root]|one’s own) self-respect because self-sovereign (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

61Look at your self-respect, because you are those who have a right to self-sovereignty, are you not?

55तो संगम पर स्वयं भगवान , आपकी जीवन में स्वयं मालिक आप बच्चों में पवित्रता की विशेषता भरता है . tō saṅgam par svayã bhagvān , āpkī jīvan mē̃ svayã mālik āp bachchō̃ mē̃ pavitratā kī|key viśhēṣhtā bhartā hai . tō saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] svayã bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āp[pn.pl.kī] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svayã mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bharnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then confluence (at|other) x God , you[.kī] life in x master you child in purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality fill[pres.sg.m.23] .

62At the confluence age, God Himself, the Master Himself, fills the lives of you children with the speciality of purity.

56जो पवित्रता आपके सर्व अविनाशी सुखों की खान है . jō pavitratā āpkē sarv avināśhī sukhō̃ kī|key khān hai . jō[pn.;d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sarv[adj.] avināśhī[adj.] sukh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khānā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that purity you[.kē] all imperishable happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) eat[n.m.;sg.,d.] be[pres.sg.23] .

63This purity is the mine of all types of imperishable happiness.

57और बनाने वाला कौन  ? aur banānē vālā kaun  ? aur banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ? and create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who  ?

64Who made you become this?

58स्वयं भगवान . svayã bhagvān . svayã bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x God .

65God Himself!

59वह तो अभी भी प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण आपको पवित्रता की जायदाद बाप से प्राप्त हो गई है . vah tō abhī bhī pratyakṣha pramāṇ āpkō pavitratā kī|key jāydād bāp sē prāpt hō gaī hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jāydād[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . that then now too visible (under) you[.kō] purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x father from reached be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

66Even now, you have received as practical proof the property of purity from the Father.

60अब चेक करो - पवित्रता सर्व प्राप्तियों का आधार है , पवित्रता से आप सभी मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान बन गये . ab check karō - pavitratā sarv prāptiyō̃ kā ādhār hai , pavitratā sē āp sabhī master sarvśhaktimān ban gayē . ab[adv.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . now check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - purity all attainment of basis be[pres.sg.23] , purity from you all master almighty authorities become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

67Now, check! 68Purity is the basis of all attainments. 69All of you have become master almighty authorities through purity.

61तो चेक करो सर्वशक्तियां प्राप्त हैं  ? tō check karō sarvśhaktiyā̃ prāpt haĩ  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sarvśhaktiyō̃[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all the powers reached be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

70So check: Have I attained all powers?

62कोई-कोई बच्चे कहते हैं बाप ने तो सर्व शक्तियां दी लेकिन कोई-कोई समय जिस शक्ति की आवश्यकता होती है वह थोड़ा टाइम के बाद आती है . kōī-kōī bachchē kahtē haĩ bāp nē tō sarv śhaktiyā̃ dī|the lēkin kōī-kōī samay jis śhakti kī|key āvaśhyaktā hōtī hai vah thōṛā time kē bād ātī hai . kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.sg.o.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time kē bād[x] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] father ∅ then all Shakti (give[past-part.f.]|the) but some time that Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.f.23] that short time after come[pres.sg.f.23] . 63बात पूरी हो जाती है फिर आती है . bāt pūrī hō jātī hai phir ātī hai . bāt[n.f.;sg.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] phirnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+ānā] . matter (full|puri) be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] turn[pres.sg.f.23.root+ānā] .

71Some children say: The Father has given all the powers, but the power that we need sometimes comes a little time later; it comes when the situation is over.

64इसका कारण क्या  ? iskā kāraṇ kyā  ? yah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā  ? this[.kā] because what  ?

72What is the reason for that?

65वरदान में बाप ने दी फिर भी समय पर नहीं आती है उसका कारण क्या  ? vardān mē̃ bāp nē dī|the phir bhī samay par nahī̃ ātī hai uskā kāraṇ kyā  ? vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the phir bhī[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā  ? blessing in father ∅ (give[past-part.f.]|the) nevertheless time (at|other) not come[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kā] because what  ?

73The Father gave it to you as a blessing but, in spite of that, it doesn't come to you at the time of need. 74What is the reason for that?

66अपने मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान के स्मृति की सीट पर नहीं होते हो , कोई भी किसका आर्डर मानते हैं तो सीट वाले का आर्डर मानते हैं . apnē master sarvśhaktimān kē|K smr̥iti kī|key seat par nahī̃ hōtē hō , kōī bhī kiskā order māntē haĩ tō seat vālē kā order māntē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kōī bhī[x] kaun[pn.sg.kā] order mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō seat vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] order mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one’s own master almighty authorities (of|K) awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) not be[pres.pl.m.2] , anyone who[.kā] order x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then seat those who of order x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

75You are not seated on the seat of the awareness of being a master almighty authority. 76An order is only obeyed when it is given by someone seated on the seat of his position.

67तो जब भी आप कोई भी शक्ति का आर्डर करते हो , पहले यह देखो स्मृति की सीट पर हैं  ? tō jab bhī āp kōī bhī śhakti kā order kartē hō , pahlē yah dēkhō smr̥iti kī|key seat par haĩ  ? tō jab bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] kōī bhī[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] order karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then when too you anyone Shakti of order do[pres.pl.m.2] , (x|firstly) this see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

77Whenever you order any power, first check: Am I seated on the seat of awareness?

68स्वमान के सीट पर हैं  ? svamān kē|K seat par haĩ  ? svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? self-respect (of|K) seat (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

78Am I seated on the seat of self-respect?

69स्मृति की सीट पर स्थित हो जाओ तो सर्व शक्तियां आपके पास समय पर बंधी हुई हैं आने के लिए क्योंकि सर्वशक्तिमान बाप ने आपको मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान बनाया है . smr̥iti kī|key seat par sthit hō jāō tō sarv śhaktiyā̃ āpkē pās|pass samay par bandhī huī haĩ ānē kē liē kyōṅki sarvśhaktimān bāp nē āpkō master sarvśhaktimān banāyā hai . smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] tō sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bandhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē liē[x] kyōṅki sarvśhaktimān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] then all Shakti you[.kē] (x|pass) time (at|other) be tied[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) for because almighty authorities father ∅ you[.kō] master almighty authorities create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

79Stabilise yourself on the seat of awareness and all the powers are bound to come to you at the time of need because the Almighty Authority Father has made you into master almighty authorities.

70तो इतने पावरफुल स्वमानधारी बन चल रहे हो ना  ? tō itnē powerful svamāndhārī ban chal rahē hō nā  ? tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powerful svamāndhārī[adj.] bannā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā  ? then such powerful those with self-respect become[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

80So, you are moving along while having imbibed such powerful self-respect, are you not?

71अपने स्वमान देखे  ? apnē svamān dēkhē  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]  ? one’s own self-respect (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23])  ?

81Have you seen your self-respect?

72संगम के बाद कहाँ जायेंगे  ? saṅgam kē bād kahā̃ jāyēṅgē  ? saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? confluence after where go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

82Where will you go after the confluence age?

73रिटर्न जरनी करेंगे ना  ! return journey karē̃gē nā  ! return journey[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! return journey do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

83You will be on the return journey, will you not?

74इसलिए बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि हर एक सारे दिन में यह एक्सरसाइज़ करते रहें . isliē bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki har ēk sārē din mē̃ yah exercise kartē rahē̃ . isliē bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] exercise karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one the whole day in this exercise do[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

84This is why BapDada wants each one of you to continue to perform this exercise throughout the day.

75समय निकालो बार-बार यह स्वमान की माला पहनाने से , अनुभव करने से जो बापदादा ने स्वराज्य अधिकारी बनाया है , वह हो नहीं सकता कि स्वमान आपके आर्डर पर नहीं चले . samay nikālō bār-bār yah svamān kī|key mālā pahnānē sē , anubhav karnē sē jō bāpdādā nē svarājya adhikārī banāyā hai , vah hō nahī̃ saktā ki svamān āpkē order par nahī̃ chalē . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bār[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] pahnānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] svarājya adhikārī[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] svamān[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] order par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . time x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] time this self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland make wear[inf.m.pl.,o.] from , experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from that BapDada ∅ self-sovereign create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that self-respect you[.kē] order (at|other) not (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

85Make time for this again and again. 86By garlanding you with the garland of self-respect and by your experiencing it, BapDada has given you a right to self-sovereignty. 87Therefore, it is not possible that that self-respect would not obey your orders.

76सिर्फ सीट पर सेट रहो . sirph seat par set rahō . sirph[adj.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only seat (at|other) set remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

88Simply remain seated on your seat.

77बापदादा ने देखा सभी अटेन्शन रखते हैं लेकिन नियमित रूप से अपनी दिनचर्या सेट करो . bāpdādā nē dēkhā sabhī attention rakhtē haĩ lēkin niyamit rūp sē apnī dincharyā set karō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] attention rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin niyamit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] set karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] all attention keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but x Rup from one’s own timetable set do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

89BapDada saw that everyone does pay attention, but now, set your daily timetable on a regular basis.

78बीच-बीच में यह अपने स्वमान के स्मृति स्वरूप में स्थित रहो . bīch-bīch mē̃ yah apnē svamān kē|K smr̥iti svarūp mē̃ sthit rahō . bīch-bīch mē̃[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti svarūp[x] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x this one’s own self-respect (of|K) x in stabilised remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

90Every now and then, stabilise yourself in the form of the awareness of your self-respect.

79जैसे ट्रैफिक कन्ट्रोल करते हो ऐसे यह स्वमान की स्मृति आदिकाल से रिटर्न जरनी तक की , बीच-बीच में टाइम फिक्स करो . jaisē traffic control kartē hō aisē yah svamān kī|key smr̥iti ādikāl sē return journey tak kī|key , bīch-bīch mē̃ time fix karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] traffic control[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] return journey[x] tak karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , bīch-bīch mē̃[x] time fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like traffic control do[pres.pl.m.2] such this self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness beginning from return journey until (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , x time fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

91For instance, just as you do traffic control, in the same way, for the awareness of self-respect, fix a time regular time in your routine to have the awareness from the beginning period till the return journey.

80यह चलते फिरते भी कर सकते हो क्योंकि मन को सीट पर बिठाना है . yah chaltē phirtē bhī kar saktē hō kyōṅki man kō seat par biṭhānā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] kyōṅki man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] biṭhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] because mind to seat (at|other) x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

92You can do this while walking and moving around because it is only your mind that you have to sit on the seat.

81बापदादा ने देखा , पहले भी कहा है योग सब लगाते हो लेकिन अब आवश्यकता किसकी है  ? bāpdādā nē dēkhā , pahlē bhī kahā hai yōg sab lagātē hō lēkin ab āvaśhyaktā kiskī hai  ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin ab[adv.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yoga all attach[pres.pl.m.2] but now need who[.kī] be[pres.sg.23]  ?

93BapDada saw and you were told earlier too that all of you do have yoga, but what is needed now?

82समय की हालतों को देख पहले भी सुनाया अब ज्वालामुखी योग की आवश्यकता है , जिससे डबल काम होगा . samay kī|key hālatō̃ kō dēkh pahlē bhī sunāyā ab jvālāmukhī yōg kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai , jissē double kām hōgā . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hālat[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.] jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.sē] double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) situation to see[root] (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] now volcano yoga (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] , that[.sē] double (task|lust) be[fut.m.sg.23] .

94Seeing the conditions of the delicate times, you were also told earlier that volcanic yoga which will do double the work is needed now.

83एक तो अपने पुराने संस्कार का संस्कार हो जायेगा , अभी संस्कारों को मारते हो लेकिन जलाते नहीं हो . ēk tō apnē purānē saṅskār kā saṅskār hō jāyēgā , abhī saṅskārō̃ kō mārtē hō lēkin jalātē nahī̃ hō . ēk[adj.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] mārnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin jalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one then one’s own old sanskar of sanskar be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , now sanskar to beat[pres.pl.m.2] but burn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

95Firstly, you will be able to cremate your old sanskars. 96At present, you kill your sanskars, but you do not burn them.

84मारने के बाद फिर भी कभी-कभी वह जाग जाते हैं . mārnē kē bād phir bhī kabhī-kabhī vah jāg jātē haĩ . mārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] phir bhī[x] kabhī[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] jagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . beat[inf.m.pl.,o.] after nevertheless ever that wake up[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

97Even after killing them, they sometimes awaken.

85जैसे रावण को सिर्फ मारा नहीं , जलाया . jaisē rāvaṇ kō sirph mārā nahī̃ , jalāyā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] mārnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like Ravan to only beat[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 86ऐसे आप भी अपने पुराने संस्कारों को जो बीच-बीच में तीव्र पुरूषार्थ में कमी कर देते हैं , उसके लिए ज्वालामुखी योग की आवश्यकता है . aisē āp bhī apnē purānē saṅskārō̃ kō jō bīch-bīch mē̃ tīvr purūṣhārth mē̃ kamī kar dētē haĩ , uskē liē jvālāmukhī yōg kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such you too one’s own old sanskar to that x intense effort in x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) volcano yoga (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] .

98Just as Ravan is not just killed, but also burnt, in the same way, you have to cremate your old sanskars, which, every now and again, reduce your intense effort. 99For this, you need to have volcanic yoga.

87एक स्वयं के लिए और दूसरा ज्वालामुखी योग द्वारा औरों को भी लाइट रूप होने के कारण , माइट रूप होने के कारण उन्हों को भी अपनी किरणों द्वारा सहयोग दे सकते हो . ēk svayã kē liē aur dūsrā jvālāmukhī yōg dvārā aurō̃ kō bhī light rūp hōnē kē|K kāraṇ , might rūp hōnē kē|K kāraṇ unhō̃ kō bhī apnī kiraṇō̃ dvārā sahyōg dē saktē hō . ēk[adj.] svayã kē liē[x] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] light rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , might rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . one x for and other volcano yoga through others to too light Rup be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because , might Rup be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because that to too one’s own ray through cooperation give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

100Firstly, for yourself. 101Through volcanic yoga you become a form of light and might and secondly, because you are in that form, you can give others co-operation through your rays.

88तो अभी सभी ने योग को ज्वालामुखी योग में परिवर्तन किया  ? tō abhī sabhī nē yōg kō jvālāmukhī yōg mē̃ parivartan kiyā  ? tō ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then now all ∅ yoga to volcano yoga in transformation do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

102So, now, have you all transformed your yoga into volcanic yoga?

89समय अनुसार अभी आत्माओं को आपके सहयोग की आवश्यकता है . samay anusār abhī ātmāō̃ kō āpkē sahyōg kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār ab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . time according to now soul to you[.kē] cooperation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] .

103Now, according to the time, all souls need your co-operation.

90बाकी बापदादा तो अमृतवेले हर बच्चे को स्नेह देते हैं . bākī bāpdādā tō amr̥itvēlē har|her bachchē kō snēh dētē haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā tō amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (but|others) BapDada then amrit vela (x|x[root]) child to love give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

104At amrit vela, BapDada gives love to every child.

91बापदादा देखते हैं लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छा रखते हैं , हिम्मत भी रखते हैं लेकिन सारा दिन उसी अटेन्शन में रहें , जैसे अमृतवेले रहता है , वह कम हो जाता है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ lakṣhya bahut achchhā rakhtē haĩ , himmat bhī rakhtē haĩ lēkin sārā din usī attention mē̃ rahē̃ , jaisē amr̥itvēlē rahtā hai , vah kam hō jātā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] attention mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aim very achcha keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , courage too keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but the whole day that[.hī] attention in remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , like amrit vela remain[pres.sg.m.23] , that decrease .

105BapDada sees that you keep a very good aim and you also maintain courage. 106However much attention you have at amrit vela reduces during the day.

92कारण क्या होता है  ? kāraṇ kyā hōtā hai  ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? because what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

107What is the reason for this?

93यह जो कर्म में लगते हो , कर्मयोगी बन कर्म करना , इसमें अन्तर पड़ जाता है . yah jō karma mē̃ lagtē hō , karmayōgī ban karma karnā , ismē̃ antar paṛ jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.2] , karmyōgī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this that deed in x[pres.pl.m.2] , karma yogi (x|become[root]) deed do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

108When you are engaged in performing action, and you do have to perform actions as a karma yogi, there is a difference.

94आप सिर्फ योग लगाने वाले नहीं हो , योगी जीवन वाले हो . āp sirph yōg lagānē vālē nahī̃ hō , yōgī jīvan vālē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sirph[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you only yoga attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , yogi life those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

109You are not those who simply have yoga, but you are those who have a yogi life.

95तो जीवन सदा रहती है , कभी-कभी नहीं . tō jīvan sadā rahtī hai , kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ . tō jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . then life constantly remain[pres.sg.f.23] , ever not .

110A life is for all time, not only sometimes.

96तो बापदादा अभी क्या चाहते हैं  ? tō bāpdādā abhī kyā chāhtē haĩ  ? tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? then BapDada now what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

111So, what does BapDada want now?

97प्यार में तो बहुत करके पास हैं , प्यार की सबजेक्ट में बाप ने देखा मैजारिटी बाप के साथ मेरा बाबा , मेरा बाबा कह प्यार का अनुभव करते हैं . pyār mē̃ tō bahut karkē pās|pass haĩ , pyār kī|key subject mē̃ bāp nē dēkhā majority bāp kē sāth mērā bābā , mērā bābā kah pyār kā anubhav kartē haĩ . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut karnā[abs.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] majority bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[root] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . love in then very do[abs.] (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in father ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] majority father with I[.kā] Baba , I[.kā] Baba say[root] love of experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

112Generally, many of you have passed in the subject of love. 113In the subject of love, the Father saw that the majority of you experience love by saying "My Baba, my Baba".

98प्यार में तो मैजारिटी पास हैं , अब किसमें पास होना है  ? pyār mē̃ tō majority pās|pass haĩ , ab kismē̃ pās|pass hōnā hai  ? pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō majority pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.] kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? love in then majority (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now who[.mē̃] (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

114The majority of you have passed in the subject of love. 115What do you have to pass in now?

99बाप समान बनने में . bāp samān bannē mē̃ . bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] . equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in .

116In becoming equal to the Father.

100सभी क्या चाहते हैं  ? sabhī kyā chāhtē haĩ  ? sab[adv.hī] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? all what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

117What do all of you want?

101बाप समान बनना है कि बाप बाप रहेगा आप बच्चे हैं , तो बाप समान तो बनना पड़ेगा . bāp samān bannā hai ki bāp bāp rahēgā āp bachchē haĩ , tō bāp samān tō bannā paṛēgā . bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō bāp samān[x] tō bannā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that father father remain[fut.m.sg.23] you child be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then equal to the Father then become[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

118Do all of you want to become equal to the Father or will the Father remain the Father and you are just the children? 119So, you will have to become equal to the Father.

102प्यार माना क्या  ? pyār mānā kyā  ? pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā  ? love (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) what  ?

120What does it mean to have love?

103प्यार वाला जो कहे वह करना ही है . pyār vālā jō kahē vah karnā hī hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . love those who that (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

121It means you definitely have to do what the person you love tells you.

104तो सभी बाप के प्यारे हो , बाप का प्यार आपसे है , इसमें हाथ उठाओ . tō sabhī bāp kē|K pyārē hō , bāp kā pyār āpsē hai , ismē̃ hāth uṭhāō . tō sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.sē] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then all father (of|K) loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , father of love you[.sē] be[pres.sg.23] , this[.mē̃] raise your hands .

122All of you love the Father and the Father loves you; if so raise your hands!

105प्यार है अच्छा , प्यार है  ? pyār hai achchhā , pyār hai  ? pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23] achcha , love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

123You have love? 124Good.

106तो अभी बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि जैसे प्यार है , ऐसे यह लक्ष्य रखो कि हमें बाप समान बनना ही है , इसमें हाथ उठाओ . tō abhī bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki jaisē pyār hai , aisē yah lakṣhya rakhō ki hamē̃ bāp samān bannā hī hai , ismē̃ hāth uṭhāō . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that like love be[pres.sg.23] , such this aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we[.kō] equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this[.mē̃] raise your hands .

125So, now, just as you have love, BapDada wants you to have the aim of becoming equal to the Father. 126Raise your hands for this!

107तो निश्चय रखते हैं , हाथ तो बहुत अच्छा उठाते हैं . tō niśhchay rakhtē haĩ , hāth tō bahut achchhā uṭhātē haĩ . tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then faith keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , hand then very achcha uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

127You have this faith and you raise your hands very well too.

108बापदादा देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

128BapDada is seeing this.

109बापदादा चाहता है एक-एक बच्चा ऐसा खुशनुमा , खुशनसीब दिखाई दे , चेहरे से चलन से क्योंकि समय प्रमाण अभी आपका चेहरा बहुत सेवा करेगा . bāpdādā chāhtā hai ēk-ēk bachchā aisā khuśhnumā , khuśhnasīb dikhāī dē , chēhrē sē chalan sē kyōṅki samay pramāṇ abhī āpkā chēhrā bahut sēvā karēgā . bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśhnumā[adj.] , khuśhnasīb[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kā] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada x[pres.sg.m.23] one child such happy , having the fortune of happiness be visible , face from behaviour from because time (under) now you[.kā] face very service do[fut.m.sg.23] .

129BapDada wants each and every child to be visible as one who is happy and has the fortune of happiness through your face and activity, because, according to the time, your face will do a lot of service.

110आवश्यकता पड़ेगी . āvaśhyaktā paṛēgī . āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . need fall[fut.f.sg.23] .

130There will be a need for this.

111इसके लिए बापदादा चाहता है कि अभी से लक्ष्य रखो जैसे अभी यह 75 वर्ष के कारण सबको उमंग है सेवा करने का . iskē liē bāpdādā chāhtā hai ki abhī sē lakṣhya rakhō jaisē abhī yah 75 varṣh kē|K kāraṇ sabkō umaṅg hai sēvā karnē kā . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) BapDada x[pres.sg.m.23] that now from aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like now this 75 year (of|K) because everything zeal be[pres.sg.23] service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .

131BapDada wants you to keep the aim for this from now. 132As it is now the Platinum Jubilee, everyone has the zeal and enthusiasm to do service.

112ऐसे उमंग हो चेहरे से सेवा करने का क्योंकि दिनप्रतिदिन समय नाज़ुक आना ही है . aisē umaṅg hō chēhrē sē sēvā karnē kā kyōṅki dinpratidin samay nāzuk ānā hī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyōṅki pratidin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nāzuk[adj.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such zeal (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) face from service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of because day by day time x (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .

133In the same way, you should have the enthusiasm to serve through your face because, day by day, delicate times are definitely going to come.

113तो ऐसे समय पर आपका चेहरा आत्माओं को चियरफुल बना दे . tō aisē samay par āpkā chēhrā ātmāō̃ kō cheerful banā dē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kā] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] cheerful bannā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] . then such time (at|other) you[.kā] face soul to x (become[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā]) .

134At such a time, your face should make souls cheerful.

114बापदादा ने आज अमृतवेले चक्र लगाया , तो क्या देखा  ? bāpdādā nē āj amr̥itvēlē chakra lagāyā , tō kyā dēkhā  ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] āj amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chakra lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? BapDada ∅ today amrit vela be around the cycle , then what see[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

135Today, BapDada toured around at amrit vela. 136What did He see?

115बैठते सभी अपने रूचि से भी हैं लेकिन सबसे बड़ी अथॉरिटी है अनुभव की . baiṭhtē sabhī apnē rūchi sē bhī haĩ lēkin sabsē baṛī authority hai anubhav kī|key . baiṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] authority hōnā[pres.sg.23] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . sit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all one’s own interest from too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but the most very authority be[pres.sg.23] experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

137You all sit with your own interest, but the greatest authority of all is the authority of your own experience.

116तो देखा बैठते हैं लेकिन अनुभव की अथॉरिटी , स्मृति में बैठते हैं लेकिन स्मृति स्वरूप अनुभव हो . tō dēkhā baiṭhtē haĩ lēkin anubhav kī|key authority , smr̥iti mē̃ baiṭhtē haĩ lēkin smr̥iti svarūp anubhav hō . tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority , smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin smr̥iti svarūp[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then see[past-part.m.sg.d.] sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority , awareness in sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but x experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

138Baba saw that you sit, but you have to be an authority of experience. 139You sit with that awareness, but you should experience being an embodiment of that awareness.

117अनुभव की अथॉरिटी का आनंद वह थोड़ा समय होता है . anubhav kī|key authority kā ānand vah thōṛā samay hōtā hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānand[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority of bliss that short time be[pres.sg.m.23] .

140You experience the bliss of being an authority of experience for a short time.

118सोचते हैं मैं बापदादा के तख्तनशीन हूँ लेकिन स्वरूप के स्मृति स्वरूप अनुभवी मूर्त , अनुभव में खो जाये उसका अभी और भी आगे बढ़ाना होगा क्योंकि अनुभव की अथॉरिटी सबसे बड़े ते बड़ी है . sōchtē haĩ maĩ bāpdādā kē|K takhtnaśhīn hū̃ lēkin svarūp kē|K smr̥iti svarūp anubhavī mūrt , anubhav mē̃ khō jāyē uskā abhī aur bhī āgē baṛhānā hōgā kyōṅki anubhav kī|key authority sabsē baṛē tē baṛī hai . sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K takhtnaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti svarūp[x] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.kā] ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] āgē baṛhānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I BapDada (of|K) seated on the throne be[pres.sg.1] but form (of|K) x experienced image , experience in lose[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that[.kā] now and too previously increase[fut.m.sg.23.oblig1] because experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority the most very from very be[pres.sg.23] .

141You think that you are seated on BapDada's heart-throne, but to experience yourself as an embodiment of that awareness and be lost in that experience: this has to be increased even more because the authority of experience is the greatest authority of all.

119स्मृति स्वरूप रहना इसको कहा जाता है अनुभव . smr̥iti svarūp rahnā iskō kahā jātā hai anubhav . smr̥iti svarūp[x] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) experience .

142To remain as an embodiment of awareness is said to be an experience.

120तो अनुभव में खो जाना जो स्वरूप की स्मृति रखते हैं उस स्वरूप की अनुभूति में रहना इसकी और आवश्यकता है क्योंकि अनुभव कभी भी भूलता नहीं है . tō anubhav mē̃ khō jānā jō svarūp kī|key smr̥iti rakhtē haĩ us svarūp kī|key anubhūti mē̃ rahnā iskī aur āvaśhyaktā hai kyōṅki anubhav kabhī bhī bhūltā nahī̃ hai . tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kī] aur āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then experience in lose[root] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) that form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kī] and need be[pres.sg.23] because experience ever too forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

143So, become lost in that experience. 144Stay in the experience of the form that you have in your awareness: this is needed a lot more because an experience is never forgotten.

121किसी को भी आप किसी के अनुभव द्वारा सुनाने की कोशिश करते हो क्योंकि अनुभव का प्रभाव पड़ता है . kisī kō bhī āp kisī kē|K anubhav dvārā sunānē kī|key kōśhiśh kartē hō kyōṅki anubhav kā prabhāv paṛtā hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (anything|some) to too you (anything|some) (of|K) experience through speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[pres.pl.m.2] because experience of x fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

145Sometimes, you try to relate something through someone else's experience because experience has an impact.

122तो स्वयं को जो स्वरूप स्मृति में रखते हो उसके स्वरूप की अनुभूति में खो जाये , अनुभव अपने पुरूषार्थ में भी बहुत मदद करता है . tō svayã kō jō svarūp smr̥iti mē̃ rakhtē hō uskē svarūp kī|key anubhūti mē̃ khō jāyē , anubhav apnē purūṣhārth mē̃ bhī bahut madad kartā hai . tō svayã kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] uskā[pn.sg.kē] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then x to that form awareness in keep[pres.pl.m.2] of that[.kē] form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience in lose[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , experience one’s own effort in too very x do[pres.sg.m.23] .

146You keep yourself as an embodiment of the awareness of a particular form, so become lost in that experience. 147That experience helps a lot in your efforts too.

123तो बापदादा ने देखा अनुभव की अथॉरिटी में नम्बरवार हैं . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā anubhav kī|key authority mē̃ number-vār haĩ . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority mē̃[postp.] number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority in numberwise be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

148BapDada saw that you are number wise in being authorities of experience.

124तो अभी इस अनुभव की अथॉरिटी के अभ्यास के ऊपर और अटेन्शन दो . tō abhī is anubhav kī|key authority kē|K abhyās kē ūpar aur attention dō . tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] aur attention dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now this experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority (of|K) practice over and attention (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

149So, now, pay greater attention to the practice of being an authority of experience.

125अनुभव स्वरूप की स्थिति सदा समाई हुई रहती है , उसकी शक्ल , चलन सेवा करती है . anubhav svarūp kī|key sthiti sadā samāī huī rahtī hai , uskī śhakla , chalan sēvā kartī hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] sadā samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā] , vah[pn.sg.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] , chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . experience form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage constantly merge[past-part.f.] be[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā] , that[.kī] face , behaviour service do[pres.sg.f.23] .

150The stage of being an embodiment of experience is always merged within and the face and activity of such a soul does service.

126तो आज बापदादा बच्चों का रिकार्ड देख रहे थे . tō āj bāpdādā bachchō̃ kā record dēkh rahē thē . tō āj bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . then today BapDada child of record see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] .

151Today, BapDada was seeing the record of the children.

127तो एक तो ज्वालामुखी योग के ऊपर और अटेन्शन दो जिससे स्वभाव संस्कार परिवर्तन में सहयोग मिलेगा . tō ēk tō jvālāmukhī yōg kē ūpar aur attention dō jissē svabhāv saṅskār parivartan mē̃ sahyōg milēgā . tō ēk[adj.] tō jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] aur attention dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.sē] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then one then volcano yoga over and attention (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that[.sē] nature sanskar transformation in cooperation receive[fut.m.sg.23] .

152Firstly, pay more attention to having volcanic yoga through which you will receive help in transforming your nature and sanskars.

128संस्कार अभी भी जिसको आप नेचर कहते हो वह अभी भी अपना कार्य बीच-बीच में कर लेती है . saṅskār abhī bhī jiskō āp nature kahtē hō vah abhī bhī apnā kārya bīch-bīch mē̃ kar lētī hai . saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] jō[pn.sg.kō] āp[pn.pl.] nature kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] . sanskar now too that[.kō] you nature say[pres.pl.m.2] that now too (adopt[root]|one’s own) task x do[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] .

153Even now, your sanskars, which you call your nature, do their own work every now and then.

129बाकी बापदादा खुश है , किस बात पर  ? bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai , kis bāt par  ? bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.]  ? (but|others) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , (what|who) matter (at|other)  ?

154BapDada is otherwise pleased. 155With what?

130जानते हो , किस बात पर बापदादा खुश है  ? jāntē hō , kis bāt par bāpdādā khuśh hai  ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? know[pres.pl.m.2] , (what|who) matter (at|other) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23]  ? 131जानते हो  ? jāntē hō  ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? know[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

156Do you know what BapDada is pleased with?

132आजकल की मुरलियां सुनते हुए बापदादा ने देखा अपने दिनचर्या में अटेन्शन ज्यादा गया है . ājkal kī murliyā̃ suntē huē bāpdādā nē dēkhā apnē dincharyā mē̃ attention jyādā gayā hai . ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] murlī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] attention jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x[past-part.f.] flute listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] one’s own timetable in attention more go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

157BapDada saw that as you have been listening to the murlis, nowadays you are paying more attention to your timetable.

133अटेन्शन बढ़ा है तो टेन्शन संस्कारों का कम होता जायेगा . attention baṛhā hai tō tension saṅskārō̃ kā kam hōtā jāyēgā . attention baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō tension saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kam hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . attention grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then tension sanskar of decrease .

158Your attention has increased and the tension of your sanskars will continue to be reduced.

134बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा जब भी टेन्शन आवे ना , ए लगा दो , एड कर दो ए अटेन्शन . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā jab bhī tension āvē nā , A lagā dō , add kar dō A attention . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jab bhī[p.] tension ānā[opt.sg.23] nā , A lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , add karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] A attention . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] when too tension come[opt.sg.23] ∅ , a attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , add do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] a attention .

159BapDada also told you earlier that whenever there is tension - simply add an "A" and there will be attention.

135चलना तो सबको है ही . chalnā tō sabkō hai hī . chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sabkō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . continue[inf.m.sg.d.] then everything be[pres.sg.23] only .

160Everyone has to return.

136यह तो वायदा है ही पक्का . yah tō vāydā hai hī pakkā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this then promise be[pres.sg.23] only firm .

161This is a firm promise.

137साथ चलेंगे , साथ राज्य करेंगे . sāth chalē̃gē , sāth rājya karē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with x .

162We will return together and we will rule together.

138तो सभी खुश है  ? tō sabhī khuśh hai  ? tō sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then all happy be[pres.sg.23]  ?

163Are all of you happy?

139कि कभी-कभी खुश है  ? ki kabhī-kabhī khuśh hai  ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that ever happy be[pres.sg.23]  ?

164Or, are you happy only sometimes?

140जो समझते हैं हम सदा खुश हैं , कभी-कभी नहीं , सदा खुश हैं , देखो सोचके हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ham sadā khuśh haĩ , kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ , sadā khuśh haĩ , dēkhō sōchkē hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] sadā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] , sadā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sōchnā[abs.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we constantly happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] , ever not , constantly happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[abs.] raise your hands .

165Those of you who believe that you are always happy, not sometimes, but always - raise your hands after thinking carefully!

141अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

166Achcha.

142हाथ भी सोचके उठा रहे हैं . hāth bhī sōchkē uṭhā rahē haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[abs.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . hand too think[abs.] uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

167You are raising your hands after consideration.

143खुशी अपनी चीज़ है . khuśhī apnī chīz hai . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . happiness one’s own thing be[pres.sg.23] .

168Happiness is something that belongs to you.

144अपनी चीज़ क्यों जाये  ? apnī chīz kyō̃ jāyē  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? one’s own thing why go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

169Why should you lose something that belongs to you?

145तो अभी क्या करेंगे  ? tō abhī kyā karē̃gē  ? tō ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then now what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

170So, what will you do now?

146आगे चलना तो है ही . āgē chalnā tō hai hī . āgē chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . previously continue[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .

171You have to move forward.

147तो अभी आगे क्या करेंगे  ? tō abhī āgē kyā karē̃gē  ? tō ab[adv.hī] āgē kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then now previously what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

172What shall we do now?

148हर सेन्टर निर्विघ्न , व्यर्थ संकल्प रहित हो सकता है  ? har|her centre nirvighna , vyarth saṅkalp rahit hō saktā hai  ? har|harnā[root]|her centre nirvighna[adj.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahit hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? (x|x[root]) centre free from obstacles , wasteful thought without be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

173Is it possible for every centre to remain free from obstacles and free from waste thoughts?

149हो सकता है  ? hō saktā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

174Is it possible?

150कि इसके लिए समय चाहिए  ? ki iskē liē samay chāhiē  ? ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]  ? that this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])  ?

175Or, do you need time for this?

151अभी तक बापदादा के पास कोई सेन्टर ने यह रिपोर्ट नहीं दी है कि हमारा सेन्टर सदा निर्विघ्न है . abhī tak bāpdādā kē pās kōī centre nē yah report nahī̃ dī hai ki hamārā centre sadā nirvighna hai . ab[adv.hī] tak bāpdādā kē pās[x] kōī[pn.;d.] centre nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] report nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] centre sadā nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now until BapDada to some centre ∅ this report not give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that we[.kā] centre constantly free from obstacles be[pres.sg.23] . 152साथी भी . sāthī bhī . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] . companion too .

176Until now, BapDada has not received a report from any centre that their centre is constantly free from obstacles and their companions as well.

153सिर्फ स्वयं नहीं , साथी भी निर्विघ्न . sirph svayã nahī̃ , sāthī bhī nirvighna . sirph[adj.] svayã nahī̃[neg] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] . only x not , companion too free from obstacles .

177Not just yourself - but your companions too.

154वह भी टाइम आना है . vah bhī time ānā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] time ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that too time come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

178That time will also come.

155हो जायेगा क्योंकि बनना तो बच्चों को ही है और कोई एक्जैम्पुल में आयेंगे जो पीछे तीव्र पुरुषार्थी बन आगे जायेंगे लेकिन मैजारिटी तो आपको ही आगे जाना है . hō jāyēgā kyōṅki bannā tō bachchō̃ kō hī hai aur kōī example mē̃ āyēṅgē jō pīchhē tīvr puruṣhārthī ban āgē jāyēṅgē lēkin majority tō āpkō hī āgē jānā hai . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kōī[x] example mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] pīchhē tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] āgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin majority tō āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] āgē jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] because become[inf.m.sg.d.] then child to only be[pres.sg.23] someone else example in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that x intense effort-maker (x|become[root]) previously go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but majority then you[.kō] only previously (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .

179It will happen because it is you children who have to become this. 180There isn't anyone else as an example who has come at the end and will become an intense effort-maker and go ahead. 181It is all of you as the majority who have to go ahead.

156बापदादा ने देखा मुरली से प्यार मैजारिटी का है लेकिन जैसे जगत अम्बा ने प्रत्यक्ष जीवन में दिखाया कि जो बाप ने कहा वह करना ही है , लक्ष्य रखा और पुरूषार्थ के तरफ अटेन्शन भी दिया . bāpdādā nē dēkhā murlī sē pyār majority kā hai lēkin jaisē jagat ambā nē pratyakṣha jīvan mē̃ dikhāyā ki jō bāp nē kahā vah karnā hī hai , lakṣhya rakhā aur purūṣhārth kē|K taraph attention bhī diyā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] majority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] aur puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention bhī[p.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] flute from love majority of be[pres.sg.23] but like world mother ∅ visible life in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , aim (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) and effort (of|K) direction attention too give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

182BapDada saw the majority of you have love for the murli. 183However, just as Jagadamba demonstrated in her practical life, whatever the Father says has to be done. 184She kept that aim and also paid attention to that effort.

157आपकी दीदी दादियां जो एडवांस पार्टी में भी गई हैं उन्होंने भी अटेन्शन दिया , अभी आप लोगों का इन्तजार कर रहे हैं . āpkī dīdī dādiyā̃ jō advance party mē̃ bhī gaī haĩ unhōnnē bhī attention diyā , abhī āp lōgō̃ kā intjār kar rahē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kī] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] attention dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . you[.kī] didi Dadi that advance party in too go[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that[.nē] too attention give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now you people of wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

185Your Didi and Dadis who have gone into the advance party also paid that attention and they are now waiting for you.

158पूछती हैं वह कि समाप्ति का गेट कब खोलेंगे  ? pūchhtī haĩ vah ki samāpti kā gate|get kab khōlē̃gē  ? pūchhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ki[conj.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gate|get kab khōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? ask[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that that completion of (gate|get) when open[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

186They are all asking: When will the gates to completion open?

159एक दो तो नहीं खोलेगा ना  ! ēk dō tō nahī̃ khōlēgā nā  ! ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) then not open[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

187It is not just one or two who are going to open the gates.

160तो अभी पुरूषार्थ करो कि समय को , गेट खुलने के समय को समीप लाओ . tō abhī purūṣhārth karō ki samay kō , gate|get khulnē kē|K samay kō samīp lāō . tō ab[adv.hī] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , gate|get khulnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that time to , (gate|get) open up[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

188So, now, make effort to bring the time close to open the gates.

161सम्पन्न बनना अर्थात् समीप लाना . sampann bannā arthāt samīp lānā . sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . full become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is close x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

189To become complete means to bring the time close.

162अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

190Achcha.

163सभी चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा दिल का स्नेह दे रहे हैं . sabhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā dil kā snēh dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada heart of love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

191BapDada is giving love from His heart to all the children everywhere.

164साथ-साथ जो बापदादा ने दो मास का कार्य दिया है , उसकी भी स्मृति दिला रहे हैं क्यों  ? sāth-sāth jō bāpdādā nē dō mās kā kārya diyā hai , uskī bhī smr̥iti dilā rahē haĩ kyō̃  ? sāth-sāth jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] smr̥iti dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyō̃  ? x that BapDada ∅ (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (month|x) of task give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kī] too remind why  ?

192Together with that, BapDada is also reminding all of you about the homework that He has given for two months. 193Why?

165बहुत करके यह व्यर्थ संकल्प पुरूषार्थ को तीव्र के बजाए साधारण कर देते हैं इसलिए चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा यादप्यार के साथ यह भी स्मृति दिला रहे हैं कि अब संगम का समय कितना श्रेष्ठ सुहावना हैं , इस संगम के समय ही सर्व खज़ाने बाप द्वारा प्राप्त होते हैं , संगम का एक - एक सेकण्ड महान है इसलिए संगम के समय का मूल्य सदा अपने बुद्धि में रखो . bahut karkē yah vyarth saṅkalp purūṣhārth kō tīvr kē bajāē sādhāraṇ kar dētē haĩ isliē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā yādpyār kē sāth yah bhī smr̥iti dilā rahē haĩ ki ab saṅgam kā samay kitnā śhrēṣhṭh suhāvanā haĩ , is saṅgam kē|K samay hī sarv khazānē bāp dvārā prāpt hōtē haĩ , saṅgam kā ēk - ēk second mahān hai isliē saṅgam kē|K samay kā mūlya sadā apnē buddhi mē̃ rakhō . bahut karnā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] puruṣhārth kō[postp.] tīvr[adj.] kē bajāē[x] sādhāraṇ[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] isliē chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] smr̥iti dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] suhāvanā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] - ēk[adj.] second mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very do[abs.] this wasteful thought effort to intense instead of ordinary do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] therefore everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada love, remembrance with this too remind that now confluence of time so elevated x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this confluence (of|K) time only all treasure father through reached be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , confluence of one - one second great be[pres.sg.23] therefore confluence (of|K) time of value constantly one’s own intellect in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

194Generally, these waste thoughts make your efforts ordinary instead of making them intense. 195Therefore, together with love and remembrance, BapDada is reminding all the children everywhere: now, the time of the confluence age is so beautiful and elevated! 196It is only at the confluence age that you receive all the treasures from the Father. 197Every second of the confluence age is great. 198Therefore, always keep the value of the confluence age in your intellects.

166संगम का एक सेकण्ड प्राप्ति कितना कराता है . saṅgam kā ēk second prāpti kitnā karātā hai . saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] second prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] . confluence of one second attainment so make commit[pres.sg.m.23] .

199One second of the confluence age enables you to have so much attainment.

167आपसे कोई पूछे आपको क्या मिला है , तो क्या जवाब देंगे  ? āpsē kōī pūchhē āpkō kyā milā hai , tō kyā javāb dēgē  ? āp[pn.pl.sē] kōī[pn.;d.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? you[.sē] some (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) you[.kō] what receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then what x give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

200What would you reply to someone who asks you: What have you received?

168अप्राप्त नहीं कोई वस्तु हम ब्राह्मणों के दिल में . aprāpta nahī̃ kōī vastu ham brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K dil mē̃ . aprāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . unattained not some thing we Brahmin (of|K) heart in .

201There is nothing lacking in the hearts of us Brahmins.

169पाना था वो पा लिया . pānā thā vō pā liyā . pānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] vah[pn.;d.] pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . x[past.m.sg.oblig1] that x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .

202We have attained that which we wanted.

170अब उसको कार्य में लगाते हुए तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बन समय को समीप लाओ . ab uskō kārya mē̃ lagātē huē tīvr purūṣhārthī ban samay kō samīp lāō . ab[adv.] vah[pn.sg.kō] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now that[.kō] task in attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] intense effort-maker (x|become[root]) time to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

203Now, use that, become an intense effort-maker and bring time close.

171अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

204Achcha.

172बापदादा देखते हैं सभी को उमंग भी आता है और यह उमंग सदा आगे बढ़ाते रहो . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ sabhī kō umaṅg bhī ātā hai aur yah umaṅg sadā āgē baṛhātē rahō . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sadā āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] all to zeal too come[pres.sg.m.23] and this zeal constantly previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

205BapDada is seeing that everyone has enthusiasm. 206So, constantly continue to increase this enthusiasm.

173अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

207Achcha.

174सेवा का टर्न पंजाब ज़ोन का है  : आधा हाल तो पंजाब है . sēvā kā turn pañjāb zone kā hai  : ādhā hāl|hall tō pañjāb hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  : ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of you Punjab zone of be[pres.sg.23]  : half (x|hall) then Punjab be[pres.sg.23] .

208It is the turn of Punjab to serve:Half of those in the hall are from Punjab.

175अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

209It is good.

176पंजाब वालों ने पंजाब में सेवा का चांस लेकरके सेवास्थान और स्टूडेन्ट अच्छे बनाये हैं . pañjāb vālō̃ nē pañjāb mē̃ sēvā kā chance lēkarkē sēvāsthān aur student achchhē banāyē haĩ . pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[abs.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur student achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Punjab those who ∅ Punjab in service of chance take[abs.] service place and student achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

210Those from Punjab have taken the opportunity to do service in Punjab very well and have increased the number of centres and students.

177पंजाब में एक विशेषता यह है कि सभी को सन्देश पहुंचाने में अच्छा पुरूषार्थ किया है और पंजाब के जो वी . आई . पीज हैं उन्हों को भी सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में लाया है इसलिए बापदादा पंजाब की सेवा में सेवाधारी बच्चों के ऊपर खुश है . pañjāb mē̃ ēk viśhēṣhtā yah hai ki sabhī kō sandēśh pahuñchānē mē̃ achchhā purūṣhārth kiyā hai aur pañjāb kē|K jō we|V . eye|āī|I . Ps haĩ unhō̃ kō bhī sambandh-sampark mē̃ lāyā hai isliē bāpdādā pañjāb kī|key sēvā mē̃ sēvādhārī bachchō̃ kē ūpar khuśh hai . pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē bāpdādā pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Punjab in one speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that all to message cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] in achcha effort do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and Punjab (of|K) that (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to too x in x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore BapDada Punjab (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service in server child over happy be[pres.sg.23] .

211One speciality of Punjab is that you have made very good effort to enable everyone to receive the message. 212You have also brought VIPs from there into contact and relationship and this is why BapDada is pleased with the serviceable children for the service of Punjab.

178हिम्मत , टीचर्स भी हिम्मत वाली हैं . himmat , teachers bhī himmat vālī haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , teacher bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage , teacher too courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

213Courage. 214The teachers also have courage.

179संख्या भी टीचर्स की बहुत है . saṅkhyā bhī teachers kī|key bahut hai . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] teacher karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too teacher (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very be[pres.sg.23] .

215Even teachers are too many in number.

180अभी पंजाब वारिस क्वालिटी लायेगा . abhī pañjāb vāris quality lāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality lānā[fut.m.sg.23] . now Punjab heir x x[fut.m.sg.23] .

216Now, Punjab will bring heir quality souls.

181ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

217Is this all right?

182एक्जैम्पुल आप लाना . example āp lānā . example āp[pn.pl.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . example you x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

218Bring the examples.

183पहला नम्बर आप ले लो . pahlā number āp lē lō . pahlā number[x] āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . x you take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .

219You claim the first number.

184कोई सहयोगी को , जिनका आवाज अनेकों को उमंग दिलाये , ऐसे वारिस क्वालिटी तैयार करके बाप के सामने लाना . kōī sahyōgī kō , jinkā āvāj anēkō̃ kō umaṅg dilāyē , aisē vāris quality taiyār karkē bāp kē|K sāmnē lānā . kōī[pn.;d.] sahyōgī[adj.] kō[postp.] , jō[pn.pl.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[opt.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some co-operative to , that[.kā] noise many to zeal x[opt.sg.23] , such heir x x do[abs.] father (of|K) x x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

220Bring someone co-operative whose sound can put enthusiasm into many others. 221Prepare such heir- quality souls and bring them in front of the Father.

185ला सकते हैं . lā saktē haĩ . lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

222You can bring them.

186ऐसी कोई बात नहीं है मुश्किल , सहज है . aisī kōī bāt nahī̃ hai muśhkil , sahaj hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] muśhkil[adj.] , sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such some matter not be[pres.sg.23] difficult , easy be[pres.sg.23] .

223It is not that it is difficult; it is easy.

187तो अब क्या करेंगे  ? tō ab kyā karē̃gē  ? tō ab[adv.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then now what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

224So, what will you do now?

188वारिस लायेंगे ना  ! vāris lāyēṅgē nā  ! vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! heir x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

225You will bring heirs, will you not?

189लायेंगे  ? lāyēṅgē  ? lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

226Will you?

190निमित्त टीचर्स अच्छी हैं , कर सकती हैं . nimitt teachers achchhī haĩ , kar saktī haĩ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] . instrument teacher achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] .

227The instrument teachers are good. 228You can do this.

191अभी नम्बर ले लेना . abhī number lē lēnā . ab[adv.hī] number lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now number (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

229Now claim a number.

192पहले पंजाब वारिस लाये , सब देखेंगे . pahlē pañjāb vāris lāyē , sab dēkhē̃gē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sab[adj.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x|firstly) Punjab heir x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , all see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

230First, Punjab should bring the heirs, and everyone will see this.

193अभी और भी सीजन है आगे तो इस वर्ष की सीज़न में कोई ऐसा लाओ जो पंजाब नम्बरवन हो जाए . abhī aur bhī season hai āgē tō is varṣh kī|key season mē̃ kōī aisā lāō jō pañjāb number one hō jāē . ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] season hōnā[pres.sg.23] āgē tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key season mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . now and too season be[pres.sg.23] previously then this year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) season in some such x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Punjab number one be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

231Now, there are still some more meetings in this season, and so in this season, bring such a person that Punjab becomes number one.

194कोई बड़ी बात नहीं , सिर्फ संकल्प करने की बात है . kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ , sirph saṅkalp karnē kī|key bāt hai . kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , sirph[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some very matter not , only thought do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] .

232It is not a big deal. 233It is a matter of just creating a thought.

195तो अच्छे हैं , स्टूडेन्ट भी अच्छे हैं . tō achchhē haĩ , student bhī achchhē haĩ . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , student bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , student too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

234You are good and the students are also good.

196बापदादा ने देखा कि स्टूडेन्ट भी उमंग-उत्साह वाले हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki student bhī umaṅg-utsāh vālē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] student bhī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that student too zeal and enthusiasm those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

235BapDada saw that even the students have zeal and enthusiasm.

197जहाँ उमंग-उत्साह है वहाँ सफलता है ही है . jahā̃ umaṅg-utsāh hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī hai . jahā̃ umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .

236Where there is zeal and enthusiasm, there is definitely going to be success.

198तो बापदादा पंजाब के शेर कहते हैं ना . tō bāpdādā pañjāb kē|K śhēr kahtē haĩ nā . tō bāpdādā pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . then BapDada Punjab (of|K) lion say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .

237BapDada speaks of the lions of Punjab.

199तो पंजाब के शेर बच्चों पर खुश है . tō pañjāb kē|K śhēr bachchō̃ par khuśh hai . tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Punjab (of|K) lion child (at|other) happy be[pres.sg.23] .

238Baba is pleased with the children who are the lions of Punjab.

200अभी जाके प्लैन बनाना कि नम्बरवन पंजाब वारिस लावे , यह अभी मार्जिन है . abhī jākē plan banānā ki number one pañjāb vāris lāvē , yah abhī margin hai . ab[adv.hī] jānā[abs.] plan banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] number one pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now go[abs.] plan create[inf.m.sg.d.] that number one Punjab heir x[opt.sg.23] , this now x be[pres.sg.23] .

239When you go back, make plans so that Punjab brings the number one heirs. 240There is a margin for this.

201अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

241It is good.

202यह चांस जो मिलता है इसमें भी शक्ति भर जाती है . yah chance jō miltā hai ismē̃ bhī śhakti bhar jātī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] chance jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bharnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . this chance that receive[pres.sg.m.23] this[.mē̃] too Shakti fill[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

242You are able to fill yourselves with power in the chance that you receive.

203बापदादा को खुशी होती है एक ही ज़ोन आलराउण्ड सेवा के निमित्त बनता है . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai ēk hī zone all-round sēvā kē nimitt bantā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] zone all-round sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] one only zone all-round service x become[pres.sg.m.23] .

243BapDada is pleased that each zone in turn alone becomes instrumental for all round service.

204चांस भी मिलता है और भाग्य भी बनता है . chance bhī miltā hai aur bhāgya bhī bantā hai . chance bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . chance too receive[pres.sg.m.23] and x too become[pres.sg.m.23] .

244You receive a chance and you also create your fortune.

205अभी तक जो भी ज़ोन सेवा करते हैं , बापदादा ने देखा बहुत करके सन्तुष्ट करके ही जाते हैं . abhī tak jō bhī zone sēvā kartē haĩ , bāpdādā nē dēkhā bahut karkē santuṣhṭ karkē hī jātē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] tak jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bahut karnā[abs.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now until that too zone service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] very do[abs.] content do[abs.] only go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

245Until now, whichever zone does this service, BapDada has seen that mostly you make everyone content.

206ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

246Is that right?

207रिपोर्ट ठीक है ना  ! report ṭhīk hai nā  ! report ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! report OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

247The report is good, is it not?

208अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

248It is good.

209बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .

249BapDada is pleased.

210अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

250Achcha.

211चार विंग्स की मीटिंग है  : ( स्पार्क , मीडिया , स्पोर्ट , रिलीजस )  : अच्छा यह चार ही विंग सर्विस के लिए बहुत मददगार हैं भी और आगे भी बन सकते हैं क्योंकि चार ही विंग्स अनेकों को कनेक्शन में ला सकते हैं . chār wings kī|key meeting hai  : ( SpARC , media , sport , religious )  : achchhā yah chār hī wing service kē liē bahut madadgār haĩ bhī aur āgē bhī ban saktē haĩ kyōṅki chār hī wings anēkō̃ kō connection mē̃ lā saktē haĩ . chār[adj.] wing karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key meeting hōnā[pres.sg.23]  : ( SpARC , media , sport , religious )  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] wing service[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] bahut madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] aur āgē bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kyōṅki chār[adj.] hī[p.] wing anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] connection mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . four wing (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) meeting be[pres.sg.23]  : ( SPARC , media , sport , religious )  : achcha this four only wing service for very helper be[pres.pl.12hon3] too and previously too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] because four only wing many to connection in x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

251Meeting of the four Wings: (SpARC, Media, Sports and Religious). 252Achcha. 253All these four wings are very helpful for service. 254They are and can be because all the four Wings can bring many others into connection.

212चाहे मीडिया है तो मीडिया अभी तो घर-घर में सन्देश पहुंचाने का प्लैन अच्छा बना रहे हैं . chāhē media hai tō media abhī tō ghar-ghar mē̃ sandēśh pahuñchānē kā plan achchhā banā rahē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] media hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō media ab[adv.hī] tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) media be[pres.sg.23] then media now then home in message cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of plan achcha create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

255For example, the Media Wing is there. 256Media Wing is now making very good plans to make the message reach every home.

213बापदादा खुश है कि एक दो सहयोगी बन कर रहे हैं , आगे बढ़ गये हैं , बढ़ भी रहे हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hai ki ēk dō sahyōgī ban kar rahē haĩ , āgē baṛh gayē haĩ , baṛh bhī rahē haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sahyōgī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , baṛhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) co-operative (x|become[root]) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , previously grow[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , grow[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

257BapDada is pleased that you are doing everything while being co-operative with one another. 258You have moved forward and are moving forward.

214तो बापदादा अभी मीडिया द्वारा यही चाहते हैं कि सन्देश यह मिले कि अब समय प्रमाण हर एक आत्मा को अपने बाप से वर्सा लेने की प्रेरणा आवे . tō bāpdādā abhī media dvārā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki sandēśh yah milē ki ab samay pramāṇ har ēk ātmā kō apnē bāp sē varsā lēnē kī|key prērṇā āvē . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] media dvārā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sandēśh[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . then BapDada now media through this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that message this (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) that now time (under) each one soul to one’s own father from inheritance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) inspiration come[opt.sg.23] .

259BapDada now wants the media to give the message: Now, according to the time, every soul should have the inspiration to claim an inheritance from their Father.

215सुनते तो हैं लेकिन कितने वारिस निकले , मीडिया द्वारा कितने वारिस अभी तक भी निकले हैं , वह लिस्ट आनी चाहिए . suntē tō haĩ lēkin kitnē vāris nikalē , media dvārā kitnē vāris abhī tak bhī nikalē haĩ , vah list ānī chāhiē . sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] , media dvārā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] list ānā[.oblig3] . listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but so heir (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) , media through so heir now until too be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that list come[.oblig3] .

260People hear this, but Baba should now receive a list of how many heirs have emerged through the media.

216बापदादा ने सुना है प्रभाव अच्छा है और स्टूडेन्ट बढ़ते भी हैं लेकिन लिस्ट निकालो , हर एक सेन्टर पर , हर एक ज़ोन में कितने मीडिया सेवा से निकले हैं . bāpdādā nē sunā hai prabhāv achchhā hai aur student baṛhtē bhī haĩ lēkin list nikālō , har ēk centre par , har ēk zone mē̃ kitnē media sēvā sē nikalē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur student baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , har ēk[x] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] , har ēk[x] zone mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] media sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x achcha be[pres.sg.23] and student grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , each one centre (at|other) , each one zone in so media service from be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

261BapDada has heard that it has a good impact and that the number of students is increasing. 262However, now make a list of how many have emerged through the Media service at every centre and in every zone.

217ऐसे ही जो भी वर्ग हैं वह अभी लिस्ट निकालो , कईयों ने आज लिस्ट दी भी है कनेक्शन में आने वालों की , वी . आई . पी . हैं वह लिस्ट दी भी है लेकिन उन्हों का संगठन करके उन्हों को उमंग उत्साह देके आगे बढ़ाओ . aisē hī jō bhī varg haĩ vah abhī list nikālō , kaīyō̃ nē āj list dī|the bhī hai connection mē̃ ānē vālō̃ kī|key , we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī . haĩ vah list dī|the bhī hai lēkin unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan karkē unhō̃ kō umaṅg utsāh dēkē āgē baṛhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] āj list dēnā[past-part.f.]|the bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] list dēnā[past-part.f.]|the bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only that too profession be[pres.pl.12hon3] that now list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , some ∅ today list (give[past-part.f.]|the) too be[pres.sg.23] connection in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . be[pres.pl.12hon3] that list (give[past-part.f.]|the) too be[pres.sg.23] but that of gathering do[abs.] that to zeal enthusiasm give[abs.] previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

263In the same way, all the other Wings also have to make this list. 264Many have given a list today of those VIPs who have come into their connection. 265Baba has received that list, but now create a gathering and make them move forward by giving them zeal and enthusiasm.

218कनेक्शन में तो आते हैं लेकिन आगे के लिए ऐसा प्रोग्राम बनाओ जो वह भी समझे तो हमको आगे क्या करना है . connection mē̃ tō ātē haĩ lēkin āgē kē liē aisā programme banāō jō vah bhī samajhē tō hamkō āgē kyā karnā hai . connection mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āgē kē liē[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō ham[pn.pl.kō] āgē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . connection in then come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but previously for such programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that too (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then we[.kō] previously what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

266They do come into connection with you, but make such a programme that they also understand what they have to do in the future.

219सुना , लेकिन आगे बढ़ना है उसका स्पष्टीकरण थोड़ा सुनाओ . sunā , lēkin āgē baṛhnā hai uskā spaṣhṭīkaraṇ thōṛā sunāō . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , lēkin āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.kā] spaṣhṭīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , but previously grow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that[.kā] x short speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

267They have heard this, but now, explain to them a little more clearly how they have to move forward.

220और लिस्ट निकालो कितने इस वर्ग के तरफ से एड होते हैं . aur list nikālō kitnē is varg kē|K taraph sē add hōtē haĩ . aur list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] add hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so this profession (of|K) direction from add be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

268Also make a list of how many have been added from each Wing.

221होते हैं लेकिन पता नहीं पड़ता है . hōtē haĩ lēkin patā nahī̃ paṛtā hai . hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but knowledge not fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

269Although they are added, you may not know.

222बाकी बापदादा सभी विंग्स को मुबारक दे रहे हैं क्योंकि हर एक विंग यह कोशिश करती है कि सेवा की वृद्धि हो और वृद्धि के प्लैन भी अच्छे बनाती है . bākī bāpdādā sabhī wings kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ kyōṅki har ēk wing yah kōśhiśh kartī hai ki sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi hō aur vr̥iddhi kē|K plan bhī achchhē banātī hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] wing kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki har ēk[x] wing yah[pn.sg.d.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] . (but|others) BapDada all wing to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because each one wing this try do[pres.sg.f.23] that service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and growth (of|K) plan too achcha create[pres.sg.f.23] .

270BapDada is congratulating those from all the Wings because each wing is trying to increase service and also makes very good plans for expansion.

223चार ही वर्ग अपनी-अपनी सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हैं क्योंकि विंग्स अभी समझते हैं हम जिम्मेवार हैं . chār hī varg apnī-apnī sēvā achchhī kar rahē haĩ kyōṅki wings abhī samajhtē haĩ ham jimmēvār haĩ . chār[adj.] hī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki wing ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . four only profession one’s own service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because wing now understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

271All four Wings are doing very good service because each Wing considers itself responsible.

224कोशिश भी अच्छी करते हैं विंग्स इसीलिए बापदादा खुश है और इसी रीति से जैसे अटेन्शन देकरके विंग्स के कार्य में लगे हुए हो ऐसे और भी आगे बढ़ते रहो , मुबारक बापदादा देते हैं . kōśhiśh bhī achchhī kartē haĩ wings isīliē bāpdādā khuśh hai aur isī rīti sē jaisē attention dēkarkē wings kē|K kārya mē̃ lagē huē hō aisē aur bhī āgē baṛhtē rahō , mubārak bāpdādā dētē haĩ . kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wing isīliē bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yah[pn.sg.hī] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] attention dēnā[abs.] wing kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . try too achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wing x BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] and this[.hī] way from like attention give[abs.] wing (of|K) task in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] such and too previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , congratulations BapDada give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

272The wings also try very hard and this is why BapDada is pleased with them. 273Just as you are engaged in the task of the Wings with attention, in the same way, continue to move forward even more. 274BapDada is congratulating you.

225बढ़ रहे हैं बढ़ते रहो . baṛh rahē haĩ baṛhtē rahō . baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

275You are moving forward; continue to move forward!

226चार ही विंग्स के लिए बापदादा कह रहे हैं . chār hī wings kē liē bāpdādā kah rahē haĩ . chār[adj.] hī[p.] wing kē liē[x] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . four only wing for BapDada say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

276BapDada is saying this to all four Wings.

227कोई भी विंग कमज़ोर नहीं है अपने हिसाब से आगे ही बढ़ रही है . kōī bhī wing kamzōr nahī̃ hai apnē hisāb sē āgē hī baṛh rahī hai . kōī bhī[x] wing kamjōr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āgē hī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . anyone wing weak not be[pres.sg.23] one’s own account from previously only grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

277None of the wings is weak. 278You are all moving forward in your own ways.

228बाकी बापदादा ने जो काम दिया है वह तो ध्यान पर होगा ही . bākī bāpdādā nē jō kām diyā hai vah tō dhyān par hōgā hī . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] . (but|others) BapDada ∅ that (task|lust) give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that then attention (at|other) be[fut.m.sg.23] only .

279You must be paying attention to the homework that BapDada has given.

229कोई ऐसे समझदार वी . आई . पी . हर विंग से आते हैं उन्हें तैयार करो . kōī aisē samajhdār we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī . har|her wing sē ātē haĩ unhē̃ taiyār karō . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhdār[adj.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . har|harnā[root]|her wing sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some such sensible (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . (x|x[root]) wing from come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

280Now prepare sensible VIPs that come in every Wing.

230ऐसे समझदार हिम्मत वाले का एक ग्रुप बनाओ जो वह भिन्न-भिन्न वर्ग वाले ग्रुप मिल करके एक-एक बात को स्पष्ट करे . aisē samajhdār himmat vālē kā ēk group banāō jō vah bhinn-bhinn varg vālē group mil karkē ēk-ēk bāt kō spaṣhṭ karē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhdār[adj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group milnā[root] karnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . such sensible courage those who of one group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that different profession those who group receive[root] do[abs.] one matter to clearly do[opt.sg.23] .

281Make a group of such sensible courageous ones from the different Wings who can all together make one thing clear.

231यह काम जरूर करो . yah kām jarūr karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this (task|lust) definitely do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

282Definitely do this work.

232यह काम आगे वाले कर सकते हैं , हिम्मत दिला सकते हैं . yah kām āgē vālē kar saktē haĩ , himmat dilā saktē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . this (task|lust) previously those who do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , courage x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

283Those who are sitting at the front can do this work. 284You can give them courage.

233अभी प्रैक्टिकल में आवाज निकले कि ब्रहमाकुमारियां क्या चाहती हैं . abhī practical mē̃ āvāj nikalē ki brahamākumāriyā̃ kyā chāhtī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] practical mē̃[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . now practical in noise (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) that Brahma Kumari what x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

285Now, the sound should emerge in a practical way of what the Brahma Kumaris want.

234इस 75 वर्ष की सर्विस ने सभी को ब्रह्माकुमारीज़ का महत्व स्पष्ट किया है . is 75 varṣh kī|key service nē sabhī kō brahmakumaris kā mahatva spaṣhṭ kiyā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key service[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this 75 year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service ∅ all to Brahma Kumari of importance clearly do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

286The service of the Platinum Jubilee has made the importance of the Brahma Kumaris very clear to everyone.

235आवश्यक है , कर सकती हैं , यहाँ तक आये हैं , सब वर्ग का सहयोग है . āvaśhyak hai , kar saktī haĩ , yahā̃ tak āyē haĩ , sab varg kā sahyōg hai . āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] , yahā̃ tak ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x be[pres.sg.23] , do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] , here until come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , all profession of cooperation be[pres.sg.23] .

287It is necessary and you can do it. 288You have come so far, and there is co-operation from all the Wings.

236लेकिन परमात्मा आया है , ब्रह्माकुमारियों तक पहुंचे हैं . lēkin paramātmā āyā hai , brahmākumāriyō̃ tak pahuñchē haĩ . lēkin paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . but Supreme Soul come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , Brahma Kumari until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

289However, they should now understand that God has come. 290They have reached as far as the Brahma Kumaris.

237परमात्मा आ गया अभी यह समझ में आता भी है जिस समय सुनते हैं उस समय नशा चढ़ता है लेकिन मैदान में आवे वह हिम्मत अभी आ रही है . paramātmā ā gayā abhī yah samajh mē̃ ātā bhī hai jis samay suntē haĩ us samay naśhā chaṛhtā hai lēkin maidān mē̃ āvē vah himmat abhī ā rahī hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jis samay[x] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chaṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Supreme Soul come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] now this (understanding|understand[root]) in come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] x listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time intoxication climb[pres.sg.m.23] but x in come[opt.sg.23] that courage now come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

291They have begun to understand that God has already come. 292When they hear this knowledge, they are intoxicated, but they are only just courageous enough to come onto the field.

238आयेगी . āyēgī . ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . come[fut.f.sg.23] . 239आनी तो है ही . ānī tō hai hī . ānā[inf.f.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . come[inf.f.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .

293It will come; it has to come.

240अभी आने की हिम्मत आई है , कोई भी प्रोग्राम आप देखेंगे डल नहीं जाता है , सक्सेस जाता है , पहले नाम सुनके ही भागते थे ना . abhī ānē kī|key himmat āī hai , kōī bhī programme āp dēkhē̃gē dull nahī̃ jātā hai , success jātā hai , pahlē nām sunkē hī bhāgtē thē nā . ab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kōī bhī[x] programme āp[pn.pl.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dull nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , success jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] hī[p.] bhāgnā[hab-past.pl.m.] nā . now (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , anyone programme you see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dull not go[pres.sg.m.23] , success go[pres.sg.m.23] , (x|firstly) name listen[abs.] only run[hab-past.pl.m.] ∅ .

294They now have the courage to come. 295You will see that not a single programme will be dull (attended by only a few people). 296It will always be a success. 297Earlier they used to run away on hearing the name.

241अभी समझते हैं कि ब्रह्माकुमारियां कार्य अच्छा कर रही हैं और विधिपूर्वक करते हैं . abhī samajhtē haĩ ki brahmākumāriyā̃ kārya achchhā kar rahī haĩ aur vidhipūrvak kartē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] aur vidhipūrvak karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Brahma Kumari task achcha do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] and with discipline do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

298Now, they understand that the Brahma Kumaris do very good work and they do it systematically with the right method.

242इतना अटेन्शन गया है . itnā attention gayā hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . such attention go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

299Their attention has been drawn to this extent.

243बापदादा चार ही विंग के नाम भी देखे , जिन्होंने दिये हैं , कनेक्शन में तो अच्छे हैं लेकिन उन्हों को थोड़ा सामने लाओ . bāpdādā chār hī wing kē|K nām bhī dēkhē , jinhōnnē diyē haĩ , connection mē̃ tō achchhē haĩ lēkin unhō̃ kō thōṛā sāmnē lāō . bāpdādā chār[adj.] hī[p.] wing kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] , jō[pn.pl.nē] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , connection mē̃[postp.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada four only wing (of|K) name too (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) , that[.nē] give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , connection in then achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] but that to short x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

300BapDada saw the names of those from all four Wings, those who gave the names. 301There are very good souls in connection with you so bring them more in front now.

244उन्हों का प्रोग्राम करो . unhō̃ kā programme karō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that of programme do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

302Have a programme with them.

245प्लैन दो उन्हों को क्या कर सकते हैं हम . plan dō unhō̃ kō kyā kar saktē haĩ ham . plan dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ham[pn.pl.] . plan (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that to what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] we .

303Give them a plan of what they can do.

246धरनी तैयार हुई है अभी फल निकलना है इसलिए बापदादा खुश हैं . dharnī taiyār huī hai abhī phal nikalnā hai isliē bāpdādā khuśh haĩ . dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ab[adv.hī] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isliē bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] now fruit be extracted[pres.sg.23.oblig1] therefore BapDada happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

304The field is prepared and the fruit is now going to emerge and so BapDada is pleased.

247मेहनत करते हो उस पर खुश हैं . mēhnat kartē hō us par khuśh haĩ . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . effort do[pres.pl.m.2] that (at|other) happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

305Baba is pleased with your effort.

248तो चार ही विंग्स को मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . tō chār hī wings kō mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . tō chār[adj.] hī[p.] wing kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then four only wing to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

306Congratulations, congratulations, congratulations to all four Wings!

249अच्छा पुरूषार्थ कर रहे हो . achchhā purūṣhārth kar rahē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . achcha effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

307You are making very good effort.

250अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

308Achcha.

251डबल विदेशी सभी मुख्य भाई बहिनें आये हैं  : डबल विदेशियों को टाइटल दिया है मधुबन का श्रृंगार हैं . double vidēśhī sabhī mukhya bhāī bahinē̃ āyē haĩ  : double vidēśhiyō̃ kō title diyā hai madhuban kā śhrr̥iṅgār haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] mukhya[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] title dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner all main (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : double foreigner to title give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] Madhuban of (decorate[root]|decoration) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

309Double foreigners and the main instrument brothers and sisters from abroad have come:The double foreigners have been given the title, "the Decoration of Madhuban".

252मधुबन में रौनक कर देते हैं और फर्क भी अच्छा लाया है . madhuban mē̃ raunak kar dētē haĩ aur phark bhī achchhā lāyā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] aur fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Madhuban in splendour do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] and difference too achcha x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

310You bring splendour to Madhuban and you have made a good difference.

253बापदादा पुरूषार्थ और परिवर्तन दोनों ही देख करके खुश है . bāpdādā purūṣhārth aur parivartan dōnō̃ hī dēkh karkē khuśh hai . bāpdādā puruṣhārth aur parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada effort and transformation x only see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] .

311BapDada is pleased to see both the effort and the transformation.

254पहले व्हाई व्हाई करते थे , अभी वाह  ! pahlē why why kartē thē , abhī vāh  ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] why why karnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , ab[adv.hī] vāh  ! (x|firstly) x x do[hab-past.pl.m.] , now wah!  ! 255वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 256करते हैं . kartē haĩ . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

312Earlier, you used to ask "Why? 313Why?" and now you say, "Wah! 314Wah!"

257चेंज अच्छी लाई है . change achchhī lāī hai . change achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . change achcha x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

315You have brought about a good change.

258अभी कोई बात में मुश्किल नहीं लगता . abhī kōī bāt mē̃ muśhkil nahī̃ lagtā . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . now some matter in difficult not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

316You now don't find anything difficult.

259कोई भी बात , नियम , बापदादा का जो मुरली में डायरेक्शन जाता है वह करने में एवररेडी हैं और सहयोग भी अच्छा है . kōī bhī bāt , niyam , bāpdādā kā jō murlī mē̃ direction jātā hai vah karnē mē̃ ever ready haĩ aur sahyōg bhī achchhā hai . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] direction jānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone matter , law , BapDada of that flute in direction go[pres.sg.m.23] that do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] and cooperation too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

317You are ever-ready for anything, any discipline that is sent in the murlis as a direction from BapDada and you also give good co-operation.

260स्नेही है लेकिन सहयोगी भी अच्छे हैं . snēhī hai lēkin sahyōgī bhī achchhē haĩ . snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . loving be[pres.sg.23] but co-operative too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

318You are loving and also very good in your co-operation.

261बापदादा रिकार्ड देखते हैं तो गुप्त सहयोगी भी अच्छे - अच्छे निकले हैं . bāpdādā record dēkhtē haĩ tō gupta sahyōgī bhī achchhē - achchhē nikalē haĩ . bāpdādā record dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō gupt[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada record see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then incognito co-operative too achcha - achcha be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

319BapDada is seeing the record and seeing that many good incognito co-operative souls have emerged.

262तो दिल के भी बड़े हैं . tō dil kē|K bhī baṛē haĩ . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then heart (of|K) too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

320So, you also have big hearts.

263छोटी दिल वाले नहीं हैं . chhōṭī dil vālē nahī̃ haĩ . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . small heart those who not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

321You are not those with small hearts.

264तो बापदादा खुश है , सेवा भी चारों ओर की अच्छी चल रही है . tō bāpdādā khuśh hai , sēvā bhī chārō̃ ōr kī|key achchhī chal rahī hai . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . then BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , service too everywhere (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

322BapDada is pleased. 323Service everywhere is going along well.

265बापदादा को दो चीज़ चाहिए , एक सेवा की वृद्धि हो और दूसरा निर्विघ्न हो . bāpdādā kō dō chīz chāhiē , ēk sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi hō aur dūsrā nirvighna hō . bāpdādā kō[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chīz[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , ēk[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada to (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) thing (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , one service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and other free from obstacles (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

324BapDada wants two things: Firstly, an increase in service and secondly for everyone to be free from obstacles.

266तो देखा इन दोनों बातों में अभी काफी फर्क आ गया है . tō dēkhā in dōnō̃ bātō̃ mē̃ abhī kāphī phark ā gayā hai . tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in dōnō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] kāphī[adj.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then see[past-part.m.sg.d.] (this|in) x matter in now enough difference come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

325BapDada saw that there has been quite a change in both these things.

267और यह तो बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगता है कि मधुबन में सब निमित्त बने हुए इकठ्ठे हो जाते हैं . aur yah tō bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagtā hai ki madhuban mē̃ sab nimitt banē huē ikaṭhṭhē hō jātē haĩ . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and this then BapDada to very enjoy that Madhuban in all instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] together be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

326BapDada likes it very much that all of those who have become instruments get together in Madhuban.

268एक तो मधुबन का श्रृंगार बन जाते हैं दूसरा जो परिवर्तन किया है वह कहाँ न कहाँ से आते हैं तो पता भी पड़ता है , अनुभव सुनते भी हैं उससे भी प्रभाव पड़ता है कि जब विदेशी कर सकते हैं तो हम क्यों नहीं कर सकते हैं . ēk tō madhuban kā śhrr̥iṅgār ban jātē haĩ dūsrā jō parivartan kiyā hai vah kahā̃ na kahā̃ sē ātē haĩ tō patā bhī paṛtā hai , anubhav suntē bhī haĩ ussē bhī prabhāv paṛtā hai ki jab vidēśhī kar saktē haĩ tō ham kyō̃ nahī̃ kar saktē haĩ . ēk[adj.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] kahā̃ na kahā̃[x] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jab vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] tō ham[pn.pl.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . one then Madhuban of (decorate[root]|decoration) become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] other that transformation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that somewhere or other from come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then knowledge too fall[pres.sg.m.23] , experience listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.sē] too x fall[pres.sg.m.23] that when foreigner do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] then we why not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

327Firstly, you become the decoration of Madhuban, and secondly, everyone comes to know from where each one has come and the transformation that you have brought about. 328Everyone listens to your experiences and that also has an impact. 329If those abroad can do it, why can't we do it?

269उमंग आता है . umaṅg ātā hai . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .

330And so there is enthusiasm.

270अभी जो बापदादा चाहते हैं ज्वालामुखी योग हो , इसमें विदेशी नम्बरवन लो क्योंकि विदेशियों के संस्कार हैं जो लक्ष्य रखते हैं ना वह पूरा करते हैं . abhī jō bāpdādā chāhtē haĩ jvālāmukhī yōg hō , ismē̃ vidēśhī number one lō|low kyōṅki vidēśhiyō̃ kē|K saṅskār haĩ jō lakṣhya rakhtē haĩ nā vah pūrā kartē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low kyōṅki vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] pūrā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now that BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] volcano yoga (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this[.mē̃] foreigner number one (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) because foreigner (of|K) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] that aim keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that make full .

331Those from abroad should claim number one in what BapDada wants - in volcanic yoga because the foreigners have the sanskar of definitely completing whatever aim they have.

271दो बातों में नम्बर लो - एक व्यर्थ समाप्ति और दूसरा सर्विस में निर्विघ्न . dō bātō̃ mē̃ number lō|low - ēk vyarth samāpti aur dūsrā service mē̃ nirvighna . dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] number lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low - ēk[adj.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] service[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] . (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter in number (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) - one wasteful completion and other service in free from obstacles .

332Claim a number in two things: 1) Finishing all wastage and 2) Becoming free from obstacles in service.

272प्यार तो सारे परिवार का भी है . pyār tō sārē parivār kā bhī hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . love then the whole family of too be[pres.sg.23] .

333The whole family also has love for you.

273सिर्फ बापदादा का नहीं है लेकिन सारे परिवार का भी डबल विदेशियों से प्यार है . sirph bāpdādā kā nahī̃ hai lēkin sārē parivār kā bhī double vidēśhiyō̃ sē pyār hai . sirph[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only BapDada of not be[pres.sg.23] but the whole family of too double foreigner from love be[pres.sg.23] .

334It is not just BapDada's love but the whole family has love for the double foreigners.

274अभी दोनों बातों में विदेश नम्बरवन जाके दिखाये . abhī dōnō̃ bātō̃ mē̃ vidēśh number one jākē dikhāyē . ab[adv.hī] dōnō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one jānā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . now x matter in abroad number one go[abs.] x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

335Now, those from abroad have to claim number one in both these things.

275जायेंगे . jāyēṅgē . jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

336Will you do this?

276कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

337It is not a big deal.

277बापदादा चक्र भी लगाते हैं विदेश में . bāpdādā chakra bhī lagātē haĩ vidēśh mē̃ . bāpdādā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . BapDada (cycle|x) too attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] abroad in .

338BapDada also tours around abroad.

278अमृतवेले भी चक्र लगाते हैं . amr̥itvēlē bhī chakra lagātē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . amrit vela too be around the cycle .

339Baba also tours around at amrit vela.

279इसमें अभी अनुभव स्वरूप बनके बैठना , इसमें और अटेन्शन क्योंकि अनुभव की अथॉरिटी बहुत बड़ी है . ismē̃ abhī anubhav svarūp bankē baiṭhnā , ismē̃ aur attention kyōṅki anubhav kī|key authority bahut baṛī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] aur attention kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.mē̃] now experience form become[abs.] sit[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] and attention because experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority very very be[pres.sg.23] .

340Now, sit as an embodiment of experience. 341Pay more attention to this because the authority of experience is huge.

280लक्ष्य अच्छा रखके बैठते हैं लेकिन उसका प्रभाव सुबह की ताकत का कर्मयोग में भी पड़े , सेन्टर के वायुमण्डल में भी पड़े , यह थोड़ा एडीशन चाहिए . lakṣhya achchhā rakhkē baiṭhtē haĩ lēkin uskā prabhāv subah kī|key tākat kā karmyōg mē̃ bhī paṛē , centre kē|K vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ bhī paṛē , yah thōṛā addition chāhiē . lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.sg.kā] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] subah[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tākat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karmyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] , centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] addition chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . aim achcha keep[abs.] sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that[.kā] x morning (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) power of karma yoga in too (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) , centre (of|K) atmosphere in too (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) , this short addition (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) . 281बाकी बापदादा खुश है . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .

342You sit with a good aim, but the power that you receive in the morning should also have an impact on your karma yoga and the atmosphere of the centre - this little addition is required, but otherwise, BapDada is pleased.

282हिम्मत नहीं छोड़ते हैं , हिम्मत रखते हैं और एक दो को भी हिम्मत देके चला रहे हैं और बाप भी मदद करते हैं . himmat nahī̃ chhōṛtē haĩ , himmat rakhtē haĩ aur ēk dō kō bhī himmat dēkē chalā rahē haĩ aur bāp bhī madad kartē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . courage not renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to too courage give[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and father too x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

343You do not lose courage. 344You remain courageous and you also encourage one another as you move along. 345The Father also helps.

283तो विदेश वाले नहीं लेकिन अपना जो देश है परमधाम , उसके अच्छे अनुभव करके बस समय को समीप करना है , इसमें पान का बीड़ा उठाओ . tō vidēśh vālē nahī̃ lēkin apnā jō dēśh hai paramdhām , uskē achchhē anubhav karkē bas samay kō samīp karnā hai , ismē̃ pān kā bīṛā uṭhāō . tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] basnā[root]|bas samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] pān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then abroad those who not but (adopt[root]|one’s own) that land be[pres.sg.23] x , of that[.kē] achcha experience do[abs.] (x[root]|simply) time to close do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this[.mē̃] drink of responsibility uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

346You are not those from abroad, but your original land is Paramdham. 347So, have good experiences of that and bring the time close. 348Take the initiative for this.

284पहले हम करके दिखायेंगे . pahlē ham karkē dikhāyēṅgē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x|firstly) we do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

349We will demonstrate this by doing it first.

285निमित्त बनके दिखायेंगे . nimitt bankē dikhāyēṅgē . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . instrument become[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

350We will show it by becoming the instruments for this.

286अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

351It is good.

287बापदादा खुश तो है , तो नहीं खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh tō hai , tō nahī̃ khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō nahī̃[neg] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy then be[pres.sg.23] , then not happy be[pres.sg.23] .

352BapDada is pleased in any case. 353It is not that He is not pleased.

288टीचर्स को देख करके खुश हो रहे हैं . teachers kō dēkh karkē khuśh hō rahē haĩ . teacher kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . teacher to see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

354Everyone is pleased on seeing the teachers (double foreign teachers).

289हिम्मत रखके , हिम्मत रखाके आगे बढ़ाते हैं . himmat rakhkē , himmat rakhākē āgē baṛhātē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhānā[abs.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . courage keep[abs.] , courage x[abs.] previously increase[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

355You remain courageous, you enable others to remain courageous and make them move forward.

290और जो सभी विशेष टीचर्स इकठ्ठी होती हैं यह दृश्य बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगता है . aur jō sabhī viśhēṣh teachers ikaṭhṭhī hōtī haĩ yah dr̥iśhya bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagtā hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] teacher ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and that all special teacher together be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] this x BapDada to very enjoy .

356BapDada loves the scene when all the special teachers get together.

291सभी बातें स्पष्ट हो जाती हैं . sabhī bātē̃ spaṣhṭ hō jātī haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . all matter clearly be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

357Everything becomes clear.

292उमंग-उत्साह भरके भी जाते हो और आपको देख करके यहाँ उमंग उत्साह आता है वह भी करते हैं . umaṅg-utsāh bharkē bhī jātē hō aur āpkō dēkh karkē yahā̃ umaṅg utsāh ātā hai vah bhī kartē haĩ . umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[abs.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] yahā̃ umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . zeal and enthusiasm fill[abs.] too go[pres.pl.m.2] and you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] here zeal enthusiasm come[pres.sg.m.23] that too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

358You go back filled with zeal and enthusiasm. 359Seeing all of you, those of Bharat also receive zeal and enthusiasm and so they too do the same.

293अच्छा है , एक-एक रत्न को बापदादा विशेष दिल का प्यार और साथ में प्यार के साथ में मन के उमंग-उत्साह की लहर भी दे रहे हैं . achchhā hai , ēk-ēk ratna kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh dil kā pyār aur sāth mē̃ pyār kē sāth mē̃ man kē|K umaṅg-utsāh kī|key lahar bhī dē rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] mē̃[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one jewel to BapDada special heart of love and with in love with in mind (of|K) zeal and enthusiasm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

360It is good. 361BapDada is giving each jewel love from His heart and, together with that love, He is also giving your mind waves of zeal and enthusiasm.

294अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

362Achcha.

295सभी ने अपने लिए यादप्यार लिया कि सिर्फ वर्ग वाले या डबल विदेशियों ने लिया . sabhī nē apnē liē yādpyār liyā ki sirph varg vālē yā double vidēśhiyō̃ nē liyā . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yā double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all ∅ one’s own (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) love, remembrance take[past-part.m.sg.d.] that only profession those who or double foreigner ∅ take[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

363Have all of you taken love and remembrance for yourself or is it just those of the Wings and the double foreigners who have taken that?

296सबको बापदादा देखता है , नज़र दौड़ाता है तो नज़र से यादप्यार देते हैं . sabkō bāpdādā dēkhtā hai , nazar dauṛātā hai tō nazar sē yādpyār dētē haĩ . sabkō bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23] , nazar[n.f.;sg.] dauṛānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . everything BapDada see[pres.sg.m.23] , glance x[pres.sg.m.23] then glance from love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

364BapDada is seeing everyone. 365He casts His vision and so He gives love and remembrance through His vision.

297अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

366Achcha.

298आज पहली बार आने वाले उठो . āj pahlī bār ānē vālē uṭhō . āj pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . today x time (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

367Those who have come for the first time, stand up.

299पहले बारी आये हो तो कमाल करो . pahlē bārī āyē hō tō kamāl karō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

368You have come for the first time and so now perform wonders.

300क्या कमाल करो  ? kyā kamāl karō  ? kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ? what x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ?

369What wonder should you perform?

301पहले नम्बर का पुरूषार्थ करो . pahlē number kā purūṣhārth karō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] number kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) number of effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

370Make first number effort.

302लास्ट से फास्ट और फर्स्ट होके दिखाओ . last sē fast aur first hōkē dikhāō . last sē[postp.] fast aur first[adj.] hōnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . last from fast and first be[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

371Demonstrate that you are the ones who have come last and are going fast and will be first.

303हो सकता है , कोई रत्न ऐसे भी निकलने हैं तो आप ही दिखाओ . hō saktā hai , kōī ratna aisē bhī nikalnē haĩ tō āp hī dikhāō . hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , kōī[pn.;d.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] tō āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , some jewel such too be extracted[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] then you only x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

372It is possible. 373Such jewels are going to emerge and so you can show that.

304बापदादा की मदद सभी को है . bāpdādā kī|key madad sabhī kō hai . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x all to be[pres.sg.23] .

374All of you have BapDada's help.

305तीव्र पुरूषार्थ , आने से ही साधारण पुरूषार्थ नहीं , तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करो . tīvr purūṣhārth , ānē sē hī sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth nahī̃ , tīvr purūṣhārth karō . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth , ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . intense effort , (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from only ordinary effort not , intense effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

375Make intense effort! 376Do not make ordinary effort as coming, but make intense effort.

306करना ही है , बनना ही है . karnā hī hai , bannā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

377You have to do this. 378You have to become this.

307आगे जाना ही है . āgē jānā hī hai . āgē jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . previously (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .

379You have to go ahead.

308यह दृढ़ संकल्प रखो और ऐसे कोई एक्जैम्पुल निकलने भी हैं . yah dr̥iṛh saṅkalp rakhō aur aisē kōī example nikalnē bhī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] example nikalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this determined thought keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and such some example be extracted[inf.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

380Have this determination and some such examples will definitely emerge.

309बापदादा को खुशी है कि समय से पहले तो आ गये . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki samay sē pahlē tō ā gayē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē pahlē[x] tō ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that time x then come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

381BapDada is pleased that you have reached here before time.

310वर्से के अधिकारी तो बन गये . varsē kē|K adhikārī tō ban gayē . varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right then become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

382You have at least claimed a right to your inheritance.

311अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

383Achcha.

312बापदादा खुश है , आये , भले आये , आपका सीज़न था लेकिन अभी आगे से आगे जाके दिखाओ . bāpdādā khuśh hai , āyē , bhalē āyē , āpkā season thā lēkin abhī āgē sē āgē jākē dikhāō . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , āp[pn.pl.kā] season hōnā[past.m.sg] lēkin ab[adv.hī] āgē sē[postp.] āgē jānā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , benefit (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , you[.kā] season be[past.m.sg] but now previously from previously go[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

384BapDada is pleased that you have come. 385Welcome! 386It was your season, and now demonstrate by going ahead of all.

313हम पीछे आये हैं यह नहीं सोचो , आगे जा सकते हो . ham pīchhē āyē haĩ yah nahī̃ sōchō , āgē jā saktē hō . ham[pn.pl.] pīchhē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . we x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , previously go[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

387Do not think that you have come last. 388You can go ahead.

314बापदादा की , ड्रामा की मदद मिलेगी . bāpdādā kī|key , drama kī|key madad milēgī . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , drama karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , drama (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x receive[fut.f.sg.23] .

389You will receive help from BapDada and the drama.

315अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

390It is good.

316देखो , कितने आते हैं . dēkhō , kitnē ātē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , so come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

391Look how many have come!

317आधा क्लास तो पहले बारी का आता है . ādhā class tō pahlē bārī kā ātā hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . half class then (x|firstly) x of come[pres.sg.m.23] .

392Half the class is of those who have come for the first time.

318बापदादा को खुशी है कि बाप को पहचान तो लिया . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki bāp kō pahchān tō liyā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] tō lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that father to (recognition|recognise[root]) then take[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 319वर्से के अधिकारी बन तो गये . varsē kē|K adhikārī ban tō gayē . varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] tō jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right (x|become[root]) then go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

393BapDada is pleased that you have at least recognised the Father and claimed a right to the inheritance!

320अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

394Achcha.

321सभी को बापदादा और सारे परिवार की मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . sabhī kō bāpdādā aur sārē parivār kī|key mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā aur sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all to BapDada and the whole family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

395Congratulations, congratulations, congratulations to all of you from BapDada and the whole family!

322मोहिनी बहन से  : संगठन है ना उसमें थोड़ा उमंग आ जाता है . mōhinī bahan sē  : saṅgaṭhan hai nā usmē̃ thōṛā umaṅg ā jātā hai . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.mē̃] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x x from  : gathering be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that[.mē̃] short zeal come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

396To Mohiniben:As there is a large gathering, there is enthusiasm because of that.

323उमंग आने से थोड़ा जबरदस्ती भी कर लेती हो , वह थोड़ा नहीं करो . umaṅg ānē sē thōṛā jabardastī bhī kar lētī hō , vah thōṛā nahī̃ karō . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jabardastī bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+lēnā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . zeal (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from short x too do[pres.pl.f.2.root+lēnā] , that short not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

397Because of having that enthusiasm, you force yourself a little. 398Do not do that!

324सम्भालो अपने को . sambhālō apnē kō . sambhālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] . be careful[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own to .

399Look after yourself!

325बाकी मदद है , ऐसी कोई बात नहीं है . bākī madad hai , aisī kōī bāt nahī̃ hai . bākī|bākī madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) x be[pres.sg.23] , such some matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

400You have Baba's help. 401There is nothing to worry about.

326ठीक हो जायेंगी . ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgī . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . OK be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

402You will be fine.

327अपनी तबियत को देख करके कदम उठाओ . apnī tabiyat kō dēkh karkē kadam uṭhāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own health to see[root] do[abs.] step uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

403Take every step while considering your health.

328निश्चिंत रहो . niśhchint rahō . niśhchint[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . without worry remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

404Remain carefree.

329दादी जानकी से  : बहुत अच्छा सभी को रिफ्रेश कर रही हो . dādī jānkī sē  : bahut achchhā sabhī kō refresh kar rahī hō . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.]  : bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] refresh karnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . Dadi x from  : very achcha all to refresh do[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .

405To Dadi Janki:You are refreshing everyone very well.

330करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

406You have to do that.

331 ( कराने वाला करा रहा है ) वह तो है ही लेकिन आप कर रही हो , यह करना ही है . ( karānē vālā karā rahā hai ) vah tō hai hī lēkin āp kar rahī hō , yah karnā hī hai . ( karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) that then be[pres.sg.23] only but you do[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , this do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

407(The One who is doing everything is making me do it.) 408That is there, of course, but you are doing it. 409You have to do that.

332ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

410It is fine.

333अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही है . achchhā part bajā rahī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . achcha play one's part .

411You are playing your part well.

334 ( हंसा बहन से ) यह भी अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही है , सभी खुश हैं . ( hansā|haṅsā bahan sē ) yah bhī achchhā part bajā rahī hai , sabhī khuśh haĩ . ( hãsnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|haṅsānā[root] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( (laugh out[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make laugh[root]) x from ) this too achcha play one's part , all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

412To Hansaben:This one is also playing her part well. 413Everyone is happy.

335परदादी से  : आप भी एक एक्जैम्पुल हो . pardādī sē  : āp bhī ēk example hō . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.]  : āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] example hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from  : you too one example (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

414To Par Dadi: You too are an example.

336आपको देख करके सबको ब्रह्मा बाप याद आ जाता है . āpkō dēkh karkē sabkō brahmā bāp yād ā jātā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sabkō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] everything Brahma father remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

415Seeing you, everyone remembers Father Brahma.

337ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

416You are OK.

338तकलीफ तो नहीं है . taklīph tō nahī̃ hai . taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . difficulty then not be[pres.sg.23] .

417You don't have any difficulties, do you?

339ऐसे ही चलते चलो . aisē hī chaltē chalō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

418Continue to move along in this way.

340ठीक है , ठीक रहेंगी . ṭhīk hai , ṭhīk rahē̃gī . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . OK be[pres.sg.23] , OK remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

419You are fine and will be fine.

341रमेश भाई से  : अच्छा है लेकिन साथ में तबियत का भी ठीक रखो . ramēśh bhāī sē  : achchhā hai lēkin sāth mē̃ tabiyat kā bhī ṭhīk rakhō . ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Rameshbhai from  : achcha be[pres.sg.23] but with in health of too OK keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

420To Rameshbhai:Everything is fine, but also keep your health good.

342टू मच में नहीं जाओ क्योंकि आगे बहुत काम करना है . too much mē̃ nahī̃ jāō kyōṅki āgē bahut kām karnā hai . too much[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki āgē bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . too much in not go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because previously very (task|lust) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

421Do not get caught up in anything too much because you have to do a lot of work in the future too.

343सिर्फ स्टूडियो का काम नहीं है , और भी बहुत काम करने हैं इसीलिए तबियत का भी ध्यान रखो . sirph studio kā kām nahī̃ hai , aur bhī bahut kām karnē haĩ isīliē tabiyat kā bhī dhyān rakhō . sirph[adj.] studio kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aur bhī[p.] bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] isīliē tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only studio of (task|lust) not be[pres.sg.23] , and too very (task|lust) do[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] x health of too attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

422There isn't just the work of the studio. 423You have to do a lot more other work too and so pay attention to your health.

344 ( सोलार का काम चल रहा है ) सोलार के लिए जैसे आप अखबार के लिए लेते हो , ऐसे इसके लिए नहीं ले सकते  ? ( solar kā kām chal rahā hai ) solar kē liē jaisē āp akhbār kē liē lētē hō , aisē iskē liē nahī̃ lē saktē  ? ( solar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) solar kē liē[x] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē nahī̃[neg] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? ( solar of (task|lust) continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) solar for like you newspaper for take[pres.pl.m.2] , such this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) not (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

424(The Solar project is going on.) 425Can you not do something for the Solar project in the papers, as you do for other projects?

345जो बड़ी-बड़ी फर्म है , जैसे वह एडवरटाइज़ का लेते हो वैसे यह भी कई ऐसे कनेक्शन वाले हैं जिन्हों को पता ही नहीं है , उन्हों के पास जाके ले सकते हो क्योंकि यह सेवा है कोई खाने-पीने का तो काम नहीं है . jō baṛī-baṛī firm hai , jaisē vah advertise kā lētē hō vaisē yah bhī kaī aisē connection vālē haĩ jinhō̃ kō patā hī nahī̃ hai , unhō̃ kē pās jākē lē saktē hō kyōṅki yah sēvā hai kōī khānē-pīnē kā tō kām nahī̃ hai . jō[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] firm hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] advertise kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] connection vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kē pās[x] jānā[abs.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] khānā-pīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that very firm be[pres.sg.23] , like that advertise of take[pres.pl.m.2] x this too some such connection those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to knowledge only not be[pres.sg.23] , that to go[abs.] take[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] because this service be[pres.sg.23] some food and diet[inf.m.pl.,o.] of then (task|lust) not be[pres.sg.23] .

426There are many big firms who advertise things. 427There are many in connection who are not even aware of this. 428You can go to them because this is service, this is not for your eating and drinking.

346कोई अपने खाने के लिए अपने रहने के लिए नहीं लेते , यह सेवा भाव है . kōī apnē khānē kē liē apnē rahnē kē liē nahī̃ lētē , yah sēvā bhāv hai . kōī[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some one’s own (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) for one’s own remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] for not take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , this service consciousness be[pres.sg.23] .

429You are not asking anything for your food or accommodation. 430This is a means of serving.

347तो यह करके देखो , जो परिचित हों . tō yah karkē dēkhō , jō parichit hō̃ . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] parichit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then this do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that x be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

431Try this with those with whom you have a connection.

348निर्वैर भाई ने सुनाया कि किचन भी तैयार हो रहा है - हो जायेगा . nirvair bhāī nē sunāyā ki kitchen bhī taiyār hō rahā hai - hō jāyēgā . nirvair[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kitchen bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] - hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that kitchen too x be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] - be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

432Nirwairbhai related that the kitchen is also nearing completion. 433It will happen.

349तीनों भाईयों से  : जिम्मेवारी समझके आपस में राय करके अगर कोई भी राय पर थोड़ा सा फर्क भी होता है तो एक-दो को स्पष्ट करके , मिलके एक राय करके इन्हों के ( दादियों के ) आगे रखो . tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ sē  : jimmēvārī samajhkē āpas mē̃ rāy karkē agar kōī bhī rāy par thōṛā sā phark bhī hōtā hai tō ēk-dō kō spaṣhṭ karkē , milkē ēk rāy karkē inhō̃ kē|K ( dādiyō̃ kē|K ) āgē rakhō . tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[abs.] āpas mē̃[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] agar kōī bhī[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō ēk-dō kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[abs.] , milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ( dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ) āgē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all three brother from  : responsibility understand[abs.] with each other (x) do[abs.] if anyone (x) (at|other) short x difference too be[pres.sg.m.23] then one another to clearly do[abs.] , receive[abs.] one (x) do[abs.] this (of|K) ( Dadi (of|K) ) previously keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

434To all three senior brothers:Consider it to be your responsibility. 435Discuss this among yourselves and if someone's advice is going to make some difference, then clarify everything among yourselves, come to some conclusion and all of you together put it to the Dadis.

350यह जिम्मेवारी समझो . yah jimmēvārī samjhō . yah[pn.sg.d.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this responsibility understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

436Consider this to be your responsibility.

351मीटिंग में सेवा के लिए क्या लक्ष्य रखें  : सेवा के लिए अभी फर्क यह करो कि दूसरे आपको निमन्त्रण देवें . meeting mē̃ sēvā kē liē kyā lakṣhya rakhē̃  : sēvā kē liē abhī phark yah karō ki dūsrē āpkō nimantraṇ dēvē̃ . meeting mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] kyā lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  : sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ab[adv.hī] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . meeting in service for what aim keep[opt.pl.12hon3]  : service for now difference this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that other you[.kō] invitation give[opt.pl.12hon3] .

437(What aim should we keep for service in the meeting?) 438For service, now let there be the difference that others should invite you.

352ऐसे कई लोग हैं जिनकी आप लोगों ने सेवा की है और वह कर सकते हैं . aisē kaī lōg haĩ jinkī āp lōgō̃ nē sēvā kī hai aur vah kar saktē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaī log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.pl.kī] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . such some people be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] you people ∅ service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

439There are many people whom you have served and they can do this.

353अभी यह समझो कि वह स्टेज देवे और आप जाके सेवा करो . abhī yah samjhō ki vah stage dēvē aur āp jākē sēvā karō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] stage dēnā[opt.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] jānā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now this understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that stage give[opt.sg.23] and you go[abs.] service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

440Now, they should give you the stage and you just go there and do service.

354अपनी स्टेज पर तो बहुत किया और रिजल्ट भी अच्छी है . apnī stage par tō bahut kiyā aur result bhī achchhī hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō bahut karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one’s own stage (at|other) then very do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and result too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

441You have done a lot on your own stage and the result has been good.

355अभी थोड़ा चेंज करके देखो . abhī thōṛā change karkē dēkhō . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] change karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now short change do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

442Now, try changing this a little.

356 ( क्या घर घर में सन्देश पहुंचाने का साधन मीडिया ही है ) वह तो मीडिया ही है . ( kyā ghar ghar mē̃ sandēśh pahuñchānē kā sādhan media hī hai ) vah tō media hī hai . ( kyā ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] media hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] tō media hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( what home home in message cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities media only be[pres.sg.23] ) that then media only be[pres.sg.23] .

443(Is Media the only means of enabling the message to reach every home?) 444That can only be done through the Media.

357थोड़ा कायदेमुजीब हो , इतना जो टी . वी . का लिया है , उसमें इतना कर रहे हैं , उसका रिजल्ट क्या  ! thōṛā kāydēmujīb hō , itnā jō T . we|V . kā liyā hai , usmē̃ itnā kar rahē haĩ , uskā result kyā  ! thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāydēmuzīb[adv.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] T . we|V . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kā] result kyā  ! short according to the rules (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , such that x . (x) . of take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.mē̃] such do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that[.kā] result what  !

445Let it be legal. 446You have taken the TV channel and are doing so much in that. 447What is the result of that?

358 ( आधे नये भाई बहिनें टी . वी से ही आते हैं ) अच्छा है वह सबको मालूम होना चाहिए . ( ādhē nayē bhāī bahinē̃ T . we|V sē hī ātē haĩ ) achchhā hai vah sabkō mālūm hōnā chāhiē . ( ādhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] T . we|V sē[postp.] hī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sabkō mālūm[adj.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . ( half new (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x x . (x) from only come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] that everything x (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

448(Half the number of brothers and sisters that come have come through the TV.) 449That is good and everyone should know about what is happening.

359नहीं तो समझते हैं पता नहीं क्या हो रहा है . nahī̃ tō samajhtē haĩ patā nahī̃ kyā hō rahā hai . nahī̃ tō[x] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . otherwise understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] knowledge not what be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

450Otherwise they think: We don't know what is happening.

360उसका समाचार थोड़ा होना चाहिए . uskā samāchār thōṛā hōnā chāhiē . vah[pn.sg.kā] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . that[.kā] news short (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

451There should be news of that.

361वह रिजल्ट सबको पता पड़े . vah result sabkō patā paṛē . vah[pn.sg.d.] result sabkō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] . that result everything knowledge (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) .

452Everyone should know the result.

362तो उमंग आयेगा ना . tō umaṅg āyēgā nā . tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . then zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

453There will then be zeal and enthusiasm.

363पता नहीं पड़ता है , चल रहे हैं , चल रहे हैं . patā nahī̃ paṛtā hai , chal rahē haĩ , chal rahē haĩ . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . knowledge not fall[pres.sg.m.23] , continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

454Otherwise, you will not come to know. 455You will just be moving along.

364 ( बृजमोहन भाई ने पूछा गीता के भगवान के लिए ) - वह तो आपको काम दिया ना . ( br̥ijmōhan bhāī nē pūchhā gītā kē|K bhagvān kē liē ) - vah tō āpkō kām diyā nā . ( br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] gītā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] ) - vah[pn.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . ( Brij Mohan (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ ask[past-part.m.sg.d.] Gita (of|K) God for ) - that then you[.kō] (task|lust) give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .

456(Brijmohanbhai asked about revealing the God of the Gita.) 457You have been given that work, have you not?

365पहले चार पांच जो विशेष हों , जिनका थोड़ा सा नाम हो , चार पांच को पहले इकठ्ठा करो , चार पांच निकल सकते हैं , उन्हों को तैयार करके उन्हों से मीटिंग करो कि आप क्या समझते हैं . pahlē chār pāñch jō viśhēṣh hō̃ , jinkā thōṛā sā nām hō , chār pāñch kō pahlē ikaṭhṭhā karō , chār pāñch nikal saktē haĩ , unhō̃ kō taiyār karkē unhō̃ sē meeting karō ki āp kyā samajhtē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] chār[adj.] pañch[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.pl.kā] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chār[adj.] pañch[adj.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chār[adj.] pañch[adj.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) four five that special be[opt.pl.12hon3] , that[.kā] short x name (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , four five to (x|firstly) together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , four five be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , that to x do[abs.] that from meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you what understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

458First of all, get together four or five such ones who are special and well-known to some extent. 459Four to five such souls can emerge. 460First of all, prepare them and have a meeting with them and ask them what they believe.

366हम जो चाहते हैं वह कैसे हो सकता है , उनको ही निमित्त बनाओ . ham jō chāhtē haĩ vah kaisē hō saktā hai , unkō hī nimitt banāō . ham[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , vah[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . we that x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that how be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , that[.kō] only instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

461Make them instruments and ask them how it is possible to do what we want.

367चार पांच तो हैं अभी भी . chār pāñch tō haĩ abhī bhī . chār[adj.] pañch[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] . four five then be[pres.pl.12hon3] now too .

462There are four or five now.

368तबियत का ध्यान रखो . tabiyat kā dhyān rakhō . tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . health of attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

463Also look after your health.

369विदेश की बड़ी बहिनों से  : अच्छा है एक दो से उत्साह मिलता है , थोड़ा सा उन्हों के प्रति ध्यान देते हैं तो ठीक हो जाता है . vidēśh kī|key baṛī bahinō̃ sē  : achchhā hai ēk dō sē utsāh miltā hai , thōṛā sā unhō̃ kē prati dhyān dētē haĩ tō ṭhīk hō jātā hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kē prati[x] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very x from  : achcha be[pres.sg.23] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from enthusiasm receive[pres.sg.m.23] , short x that for attention give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then OK be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

464Speaking to the senior sisters from abroad:It is good that you take enthusiasm from one another. 465Pay a little attention to everyone and everything becomes fine.

370चक्र लगाओ या लगवाओ . chakra lagāō yā lagvāō . chakra lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā lagvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be around the cycle or x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

466Tour around or send someone else.

371चक्र लगवाते रहो तो उन्हों को उमंग आयेगा और और आगे बढ़ेंगे . chakra lagvātē rahō tō unhō̃ kō umaṅg āyēgā aur aur āgē baṛhē̃gē . chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] aur aur āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (cycle|x) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] then that to zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] and and previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

467Continue to have someone tour around and everyone will have enthusiasm and will move forward.

372बाकी निर्विघ्न हैं यह समाचार अच्छा है . bākī nirvighna haĩ yah samāchār achchhā hai . bākī|bākī nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) free from obstacles be[pres.pl.12hon3] this news achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

468The news that you are free from obstacles is good.

373अभी इकठ्ठे भी होंगे , इकठ्ठे होंगे तो ऐसी-ऐसी जो खुशखबरी है ना वह सभी को सुनाओ . abhī ikaṭhṭhē bhī hōṅgē , ikaṭhṭhē hōṅgē tō aisī-aisī jō khuśhkhabarī hai nā vah sabhī kō sunāō . ab[adv.hī] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now together too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , together be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then such that good news be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that all to speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

469All of you do get together but, when you do this, share good news with everyone.

374तो उन्हों को यह सुनाओ जैसे कहाँ के 8 सेन्टर हैं , वह सब अच्छे चल रहे हैं तो यह भी अच्छा है ना . tō unhō̃ kō yah sunāō jaisē kahā̃ kē|K 8 centre haĩ , vah sab achchhē chal rahē haĩ tō yah bhī achchhā hai nā . tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 8 centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then that to this speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like where (of|K) 8 centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that all achcha continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

470For example, tell them of the place where there are eight centres which are moving along together very well, and that is good, is it not?

375हिम्मत है ना . himmat hai nā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

471You have courage, do you not?

376यह समाचार सबको सुनाओ . yah samāchār sabkō sunāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this news everything speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

472Give this news to everyone.

377गायत्री ने फूल भेजे हैं , सारे परिवार ने याद भेजी है  : दो चार परिवार बहुत लकी हैं . gāyatrī nē fool|phūl bhējē haĩ , sārē parivār nē yād bhējī hai  : dō chār parivār bahut lucky haĩ . gāyatrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] fool|phūl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|phūlnā[root] bhējnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  : dō chār[x] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut lucky hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Gayatri ∅ (x|flower|x[root]) x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , the whole family ∅ remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  : x family very lucky be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

473Sister Gayatri sent flowers and the whole family has sent their remembrance:There are two to four families who are very lucky.

378जैसे वह ( वजीहा बहन ) बीमार है , लेकिन लास्ट आई है फास्ट जा रही है . jaisē vah ( vajīhā bahan ) bīmār hai , lēkin last āī hai fast jā rahī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ( x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) bīmār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin last ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] fast jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . like that ( x x ) those who are ill be[pres.sg.23] , but last come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] fast go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

474Like that one who is not well (Sister Wajeeha). 475She may have come last but is going fast.

379ऐसे अच्छे निकले हैं . aisē achchhē nikalē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . such achcha be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

476Some such good ones have emerged.

380अच्छा है , आप सभी देखो इन्डियन ही हैं . achchhā hai , āp sabhī dēkhō Indian hī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Indian hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , you all see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x only be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 381सब इन्डिया के हैं . sab India kē|K haĩ . sab[adj.] India kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all India (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

477It is good. 478Look, all of you are from India, all of you belong to India.

382हेड तो आप ही हो ना . head tō āp hī hō nā . head tō āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . head then you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

479You are the heads, are you not?

480* * * * O M S H A N T I * * * *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)